CA2272822A1 - Hvem polypeptides and uses thereof - Google Patents
Hvem polypeptides and uses thereof Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- CA2272822A1 CA2272822A1 CA002272822A CA2272822A CA2272822A1 CA 2272822 A1 CA2272822 A1 CA 2272822A1 CA 002272822 A CA002272822 A CA 002272822A CA 2272822 A CA2272822 A CA 2272822A CA 2272822 A1 CA2272822 A1 CA 2272822A1
- Authority
- CA
- Canada
- Prior art keywords
- hvem
- sequence
- polypeptide
- antibody
- antibodies
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 title claims abstract description 101
- 229920001184 polypeptide Polymers 0.000 title claims abstract description 97
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 title claims abstract description 97
- 101100425741 Mus musculus Tnfrsf14 gene Proteins 0.000 title 1
- 108010061593 Member 14 Tumor Necrosis Factor Receptors Proteins 0.000 claims abstract description 277
- 150000007523 nucleic acids Chemical class 0.000 claims abstract description 46
- 108020004707 nucleic acids Proteins 0.000 claims abstract description 37
- 102000039446 nucleic acids Human genes 0.000 claims abstract description 37
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 10
- 102000012220 Member 14 Tumor Necrosis Factor Receptors Human genes 0.000 claims abstract 23
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 claims description 75
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims description 74
- 241000282414 Homo sapiens Species 0.000 claims description 70
- 239000013598 vector Substances 0.000 claims description 46
- 108060003951 Immunoglobulin Proteins 0.000 claims description 45
- 102000018358 immunoglobulin Human genes 0.000 claims description 45
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 claims description 36
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 claims description 15
- 125000000539 amino acid group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 13
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 claims description 11
- 230000009261 transgenic effect Effects 0.000 claims description 9
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 claims description 6
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 claims description 5
- 238000012258 culturing Methods 0.000 claims description 4
- 239000000556 agonist Substances 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000003275 alpha amino acid group Chemical group 0.000 claims 4
- 241000195940 Bryophyta Species 0.000 claims 1
- 235000011929 mousse Nutrition 0.000 claims 1
- 102100028785 Tumor necrosis factor receptor superfamily member 14 Human genes 0.000 description 254
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 131
- 108020004414 DNA Proteins 0.000 description 75
- 230000014509 gene expression Effects 0.000 description 34
- 235000018102 proteins Nutrition 0.000 description 34
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 34
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical group 0.000 description 31
- 239000002299 complementary DNA Substances 0.000 description 25
- 230000027455 binding Effects 0.000 description 24
- 240000004808 Saccharomyces cerevisiae Species 0.000 description 22
- 235000014680 Saccharomyces cerevisiae Nutrition 0.000 description 22
- 229940024606 amino acid Drugs 0.000 description 22
- 235000001014 amino acid Nutrition 0.000 description 21
- 102000005962 receptors Human genes 0.000 description 21
- 108060008683 Tumor Necrosis Factor Receptor Proteins 0.000 description 20
- 108020003175 receptors Proteins 0.000 description 20
- 239000000427 antigen Substances 0.000 description 18
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 18
- 102000003298 tumor necrosis factor receptor Human genes 0.000 description 18
- 108091007433 antigens Proteins 0.000 description 17
- 102000036639 antigens Human genes 0.000 description 17
- 239000013604 expression vector Substances 0.000 description 17
- 108091028043 Nucleic acid sequence Proteins 0.000 description 16
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 description 16
- 230000004913 activation Effects 0.000 description 15
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 15
- 239000012634 fragment Substances 0.000 description 15
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 description 14
- 230000004927 fusion Effects 0.000 description 14
- 238000013518 transcription Methods 0.000 description 14
- 230000035897 transcription Effects 0.000 description 14
- 108091026890 Coding region Proteins 0.000 description 13
- 102100040247 Tumor necrosis factor Human genes 0.000 description 13
- 239000003623 enhancer Substances 0.000 description 13
- 241000699666 Mus <mouse, genus> Species 0.000 description 12
- 210000004408 hybridoma Anatomy 0.000 description 12
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 description 12
- 241000196324 Embryophyta Species 0.000 description 11
- 108091034117 Oligonucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 11
- 108010076504 Protein Sorting Signals Proteins 0.000 description 11
- 210000004962 mammalian cell Anatomy 0.000 description 11
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 10
- 238000010367 cloning Methods 0.000 description 10
- 230000013595 glycosylation Effects 0.000 description 10
- 238000006206 glycosylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 10
- 239000001963 growth medium Substances 0.000 description 10
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 10
- 108020004705 Codon Proteins 0.000 description 9
- 102000004127 Cytokines Human genes 0.000 description 9
- 108090000695 Cytokines Proteins 0.000 description 9
- 101000611183 Homo sapiens Tumor necrosis factor Proteins 0.000 description 9
- 102100023132 Transcription factor Jun Human genes 0.000 description 9
- 230000012010 growth Effects 0.000 description 9
- 229940124452 immunizing agent Drugs 0.000 description 9
- 108020004999 messenger RNA Proteins 0.000 description 9
- 125000003729 nucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 description 9
- 239000013612 plasmid Substances 0.000 description 9
- 241000894006 Bacteria Species 0.000 description 8
- 102100024746 Dihydrofolate reductase Human genes 0.000 description 8
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 8
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 8
- 241000829100 Macaca mulatta polyomavirus 1 Species 0.000 description 8
- 108010018242 Transcription Factor AP-1 Proteins 0.000 description 8
- 101710187743 Tumor necrosis factor receptor superfamily member 1A Proteins 0.000 description 8
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 8
- 238000004113 cell culture Methods 0.000 description 8
- 108020001096 dihydrofolate reductase Proteins 0.000 description 8
- 229940088598 enzyme Drugs 0.000 description 8
- 230000001965 increasing effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- -1 isocytochrome C Proteins 0.000 description 8
- 239000002609 medium Substances 0.000 description 8
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 8
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 8
- 239000002773 nucleotide Substances 0.000 description 8
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 8
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 8
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- 241000283973 Oryctolagus cuniculus Species 0.000 description 7
- DBMJMQXJHONAFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium laurylsulphate Chemical compound [Na+].CCCCCCCCCCCCOS([O-])(=O)=O DBMJMQXJHONAFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 7
- 102100033732 Tumor necrosis factor receptor superfamily member 1A Human genes 0.000 description 7
- 150000001720 carbohydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 7
- 230000029087 digestion Effects 0.000 description 7
- 229940072221 immunoglobulins Drugs 0.000 description 7
- 210000004698 lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 7
- 239000003550 marker Substances 0.000 description 7
- 230000010076 replication Effects 0.000 description 7
- 210000002966 serum Anatomy 0.000 description 7
- 230000009466 transformation Effects 0.000 description 7
- 108091032973 (ribonucleotides)n+m Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 102100026693 FAS-associated death domain protein Human genes 0.000 description 6
- 241000700159 Rattus Species 0.000 description 6
- MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Serine Natural products OCC(N)C(O)=O MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 108700019146 Transgenes Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 6
- 125000000151 cysteine group Chemical group N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)* 0.000 description 6
- 239000000284 extract Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000009396 hybridization Methods 0.000 description 6
- 238000012216 screening Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000003612 virological effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 101000911074 Homo sapiens FAS-associated death domain protein Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 102000008394 Immunoglobulin Fragments Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 108010021625 Immunoglobulin Fragments Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 206010035226 Plasma cell myeloma Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 241000283984 Rodentia Species 0.000 description 5
- 239000004473 Threonine Substances 0.000 description 5
- 102100033725 Tumor necrosis factor receptor superfamily member 16 Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 239000002671 adjuvant Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000003321 amplification Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000000295 complement effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 239000000356 contaminant Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000004132 cross linking Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000010586 diagram Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000002255 enzymatic effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 210000004602 germ cell Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000001939 inductive effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 210000003292 kidney cell Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 230000001404 mediated effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 201000000050 myeloid neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 238000003199 nucleic acid amplification method Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000001575 pathological effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000001105 regulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 108091008146 restriction endonucleases Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000001890 transfection Methods 0.000 description 5
- MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-REOHCLBHSA-N (2S)-2-Amino-3-hydroxypropansäure Chemical compound OC[C@H](N)C(O)=O MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000004475 Arginine Substances 0.000 description 4
- 206010063836 Atrioventricular septal defect Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 101150013553 CD40 gene Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 241000282693 Cercopithecidae Species 0.000 description 4
- 108091035707 Consensus sequence Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 102000010170 Death domains Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 108050001718 Death domains Proteins 0.000 description 4
- ZHNUHDYFZUAESO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Formamide Chemical compound NC=O ZHNUHDYFZUAESO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 108700028146 Genetic Enhancer Elements Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 208000009889 Herpes Simplex Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 101000679903 Homo sapiens Tumor necrosis factor receptor superfamily member 25 Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 108010091358 Hypoxanthine Phosphoribosyltransferase Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 102000006496 Immunoglobulin Heavy Chains Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 108010019476 Immunoglobulin Heavy Chains Proteins 0.000 description 4
- QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-VIFPVBQESA-N L-tryptophane Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(C[C@H](N)C(O)=O)=CNC2=C1 QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-VIFPVBQESA-N 0.000 description 4
- KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lysine Natural products NCCCCC(N)C(O)=O KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 241001529936 Murinae Species 0.000 description 4
- 241000699670 Mus sp. Species 0.000 description 4
- 229930193140 Neomycin Natural products 0.000 description 4
- 108010032605 Nerve Growth Factor Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 238000000636 Northern blotting Methods 0.000 description 4
- 108700026244 Open Reading Frames Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 239000004365 Protease Substances 0.000 description 4
- AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Threonine Natural products CC(O)C(N)C(O)=O AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- IQFYYKKMVGJFEH-XLPZGREQSA-N Thymidine Chemical compound O=C1NC(=O)C(C)=CN1[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)C1 IQFYYKKMVGJFEH-XLPZGREQSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 108091023040 Transcription factor Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 102000040945 Transcription factor Human genes 0.000 description 4
- QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tryptophan Natural products C1=CC=C2C(CC(N)C(O)=O)=CNC2=C1 QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 108060008682 Tumor Necrosis Factor Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 102100022203 Tumor necrosis factor receptor superfamily member 25 Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 102100040245 Tumor necrosis factor receptor superfamily member 5 Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 241000251539 Vertebrata <Metazoa> Species 0.000 description 4
- ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N arginine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCCNC(N)=N ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000001580 bacterial effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000003776 cleavage reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000010276 construction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 235000018417 cysteine Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 230000002950 deficient Effects 0.000 description 4
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 238000001211 electron capture detection Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000004520 electroporation Methods 0.000 description 4
- 108020001507 fusion proteins Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 102000037865 fusion proteins Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 238000003780 insertion Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000037431 insertion Effects 0.000 description 4
- NOESYZHRGYRDHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N insulin Chemical compound N1C(=O)C(NC(=O)C(CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)CN)C(C)CC)CSSCC(C(NC(CO)C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(=O)NC(CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)C(=O)NC(CCC(N)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(=O)NC(CCC(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(N)=O)C(=O)NC(CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)C(=O)NC(CSSCC(NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(C)NC(=O)C(CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC=2NC=NC=2)NC(=O)C(CO)NC(=O)CNC2=O)C(=O)NCC(=O)NC(CCC(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)NCC(=O)NC(CC=3C=CC=CC=3)C(=O)NC(CC=3C=CC=CC=3)C(=O)NC(CC=3C=CC(O)=CC=3)C(=O)NC(C(C)O)C(=O)N3C(CCC3)C(=O)NC(CCCCN)C(=O)NC(C)C(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(N)=O)C(O)=O)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)CC)NC(=O)C(CO)NC(=O)C(C(C)O)NC(=O)C1CSSCC2NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C(CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(CC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C(N)CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(C)C)CC1=CN=CN1 NOESYZHRGYRDHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229960004927 neomycin Drugs 0.000 description 4
- YBYRMVIVWMBXKQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenylmethanesulfonyl fluoride Chemical compound FS(=O)(=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1 YBYRMVIVWMBXKQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000007017 scission Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000028327 secretion Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000010561 standard procedure Methods 0.000 description 4
- 235000000346 sugar Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 239000013589 supplement Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000010474 transient expression Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000011144 upstream manufacturing Methods 0.000 description 4
- 102000002260 Alkaline Phosphatase Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108020004774 Alkaline Phosphatase Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 241000193830 Bacillus <bacterium> Species 0.000 description 3
- UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1 UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Calcium Chemical compound [Ca] OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 241000238631 Hexapoda Species 0.000 description 3
- 241000282412 Homo Species 0.000 description 3
- 101000611023 Homo sapiens Tumor necrosis factor receptor superfamily member 6 Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 101000850748 Homo sapiens Tumor necrosis factor receptor type 1-associated DEATH domain protein Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102100029098 Hypoxanthine-guanine phosphoribosyltransferase Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 102000001706 Immunoglobulin Fab Fragments Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010054477 Immunoglobulin Fab Fragments Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000013463 Immunoglobulin Light Chains Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010065825 Immunoglobulin Light Chains Proteins 0.000 description 3
- ONIBWKKTOPOVIA-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-Proline Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H]1CCCN1 ONIBWKKTOPOVIA-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 3
- QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-REOHCLBHSA-N L-alanine Chemical compound C[C@H](N)C(O)=O QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 3
- ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-BYPYZUCNSA-P L-argininium(2+) Chemical compound NC(=[NH2+])NCCC[C@H]([NH3+])C(O)=O ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-BYPYZUCNSA-P 0.000 description 3
- FBOZXECLQNJBKD-ZDUSSCGKSA-N L-methotrexate Chemical compound C=1N=C2N=C(N)N=C(N)C2=NC=1CN(C)C1=CC=C(C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(O)=O)C=C1 FBOZXECLQNJBKD-ZDUSSCGKSA-N 0.000 description 3
- AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-GBXIJSLDSA-N L-threonine Chemical compound C[C@@H](O)[C@H](N)C(O)=O AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-GBXIJSLDSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 102000018697 Membrane Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010052285 Membrane Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000003792 Metallothionein Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108090000157 Metallothionein Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 108020005187 Oligonucleotide Probes Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 108090000526 Papain Proteins 0.000 description 3
- ONIBWKKTOPOVIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Proline Natural products OC(=O)C1CCCN1 ONIBWKKTOPOVIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 108020004511 Recombinant DNA Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 101150009046 Tnfrsf1a gene Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102100040403 Tumor necrosis factor receptor superfamily member 6 Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 102100033081 Tumor necrosis factor receptor type 1-associated DEATH domain protein Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 241000700605 Viruses Species 0.000 description 3
- 238000001042 affinity chromatography Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000001261 affinity purification Methods 0.000 description 3
- 235000004279 alanine Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000003242 anti bacterial agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229940088710 antibiotic agent Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 230000006907 apoptotic process Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000001588 bifunctional effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000004071 biological effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000011575 calcium Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910052791 calcium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 230000001086 cytosolic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 210000003527 eukaryotic cell Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 108010052621 fas Receptor Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000018823 fas Receptor Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 230000006801 homologous recombination Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000002744 homologous recombination Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000016784 immunoglobulin production Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000011532 immunohistochemical staining Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000008676 import Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000006698 induction Effects 0.000 description 3
- 208000015181 infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000002372 labelling Methods 0.000 description 3
- 210000001161 mammalian embryo Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229960000485 methotrexate Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 238000002703 mutagenesis Methods 0.000 description 3
- 231100000350 mutagenesis Toxicity 0.000 description 3
- 235000015097 nutrients Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000002751 oligonucleotide probe Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229940055729 papain Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 235000019834 papain Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 238000003127 radioimmunoassay Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000003252 repetitive effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000003248 secreting effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 150000008163 sugars Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 241000701161 unidentified adenovirus Species 0.000 description 3
- 241001515965 unidentified phage Species 0.000 description 3
- YBJHBAHKTGYVGT-ZKWXMUAHSA-N (+)-Biotin Chemical compound N1C(=O)N[C@@H]2[C@H](CCCCC(=O)O)SC[C@@H]21 YBJHBAHKTGYVGT-ZKWXMUAHSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VYEWZWBILJHHCU-OMQUDAQFSA-N (e)-n-[(2s,3r,4r,5r,6r)-2-[(2r,3r,4s,5s,6s)-3-acetamido-5-amino-4-hydroxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)oxan-2-yl]oxy-6-[2-[(2r,3s,4r,5r)-5-(2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)-3,4-dihydroxyoxolan-2-yl]-2-hydroxyethyl]-4,5-dihydroxyoxan-3-yl]-5-methylhex-2-enamide Chemical compound N1([C@@H]2O[C@@H]([C@H]([C@H]2O)O)C(O)C[C@@H]2[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]([C@@H](O2)O[C@@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](N)[C@@H](CO)O2)NC(C)=O)NC(=O)/C=C/CC(C)C)C=CC(=O)NC1=O VYEWZWBILJHHCU-OMQUDAQFSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GZCWLCBFPRFLKL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-prop-2-ynoxypropan-2-ol Chemical compound CC(O)COCC#C GZCWLCBFPRFLKL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OSJPPGNTCRNQQC-UWTATZPHSA-N 3-phospho-D-glyceric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@H](O)COP(O)(O)=O OSJPPGNTCRNQQC-UWTATZPHSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102000013563 Acid Phosphatase Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010051457 Acid Phosphatase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000589155 Agrobacterium tumefaciens Species 0.000 description 2
- 101710154825 Aminoglycoside 3'-phosphotransferase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 206010003445 Ascites Diseases 0.000 description 2
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000972773 Aulopiformes Species 0.000 description 2
- DWRXFEITVBNRMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Beta-D-1-Arabinofuranosylthymine Natural products O=C1NC(=O)C(C)=CN1C1C(O)C(O)C(CO)O1 DWRXFEITVBNRMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102100023995 Beta-nerve growth factor Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 241000283690 Bos taurus Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000701822 Bovine papillomavirus Species 0.000 description 2
- 102000004091 Caspase-8 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090000538 Caspase-8 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108010001857 Cell Surface Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108020004635 Complementary DNA Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000699800 Cricetinae Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000699802 Cricetulus griseus Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000701022 Cytomegalovirus Species 0.000 description 2
- SRBFZHDQGSBBOR-IOVATXLUSA-N D-xylopyranose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1COC(O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O SRBFZHDQGSBBOR-IOVATXLUSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 101150074155 DHFR gene Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000255925 Diptera Species 0.000 description 2
- 239000006144 Dulbecco’s modified Eagle's medium Substances 0.000 description 2
- YQYJSBFKSSDGFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Epihygromycin Natural products OC1C(O)C(C(=O)C)OC1OC(C(=C1)O)=CC=C1C=C(C)C(=O)NC1C(O)C(O)C2OCOC2C1O YQYJSBFKSSDGFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000206602 Eukaryota Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000233866 Fungi Species 0.000 description 2
- 102000006395 Globulins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010044091 Globulins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102100031132 Glucose-6-phosphate isomerase Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010070600 Glucose-6-phosphate isomerase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 244000068988 Glycine max Species 0.000 description 2
- 235000010469 Glycine max Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 108010031186 Glycoside Hydrolases Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000005744 Glycoside Hydrolases Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 241000288105 Grus Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000725303 Human immunodeficiency virus Species 0.000 description 2
- 102000009786 Immunoglobulin Constant Regions Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010009817 Immunoglobulin Constant Regions Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000012745 Immunoglobulin Subunits Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010079585 Immunoglobulin Subunits Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000004877 Insulin Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090001061 Insulin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000000589 Interleukin-1 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010002352 Interleukin-1 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000235649 Kluyveromyces Species 0.000 description 2
- 101100079885 Lactobacillus johnsonii (strain CNCM I-12250 / La1 / NCC 533) nfr1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 2
- BYEBKXRNDLTGFW-CIUDSAMLSA-N Lys-Cys-Ser Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(O)=O BYEBKXRNDLTGFW-CIUDSAMLSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004472 Lysine Substances 0.000 description 2
- 108010025020 Nerve Growth Factor Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 230000004989 O-glycosylation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 108091005804 Peptidases Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000035195 Peptidases Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 241000276498 Pollachius virens Species 0.000 description 2
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 2
- LEIKGVHQTKHOLM-IUCAKERBSA-N Pro-Pro-Gly Chemical compound OC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@@H]1CCCN1C(=O)[C@H]1NCCC1 LEIKGVHQTKHOLM-IUCAKERBSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000012980 RPMI-1640 medium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 108020005091 Replication Origin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 229920005654 Sephadex Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000012507 Sephadex™ Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920002684 Sepharose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 241000607720 Serratia Species 0.000 description 2
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000700584 Simplexvirus Species 0.000 description 2
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 238000002105 Southern blotting Methods 0.000 description 2
- 108050000808 TNF receptor-associated factor TRAF Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000008889 TNF receptor-associated factor TRAF Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 101150006914 TRP1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 239000004098 Tetracycline Substances 0.000 description 2
- 102000006601 Thymidine Kinase Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108020004440 Thymidine kinase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102100031988 Tumor necrosis factor ligand superfamily member 6 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 101710165473 Tumor necrosis factor receptor superfamily member 4 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102100022153 Tumor necrosis factor receptor superfamily member 4 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 206010054094 Tumour necrosis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- YJQCOFNZVFGCAF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tunicamycin II Natural products O1C(CC(O)C2C(C(O)C(O2)N2C(NC(=O)C=C2)=O)O)C(O)C(O)C(NC(=O)C=CCCCCCCCCC(C)C)C1OC1OC(CO)C(O)C(O)C1NC(C)=O YJQCOFNZVFGCAF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000013543 active substance Substances 0.000 description 2
- OIRDTQYFTABQOQ-KQYNXXCUSA-N adenosine Chemical compound C1=NC=2C(N)=NC=NC=2N1[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O OIRDTQYFTABQOQ-KQYNXXCUSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000001270 agonistic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-PHYPRBDBSA-N alpha-D-galactose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-PHYPRBDBSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960000723 ampicillin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- AVKUERGKIZMTKX-NJBDSQKTSA-N ampicillin Chemical compound C1([C@@H](N)C(=O)N[C@H]2[C@H]3SC([C@@H](N3C2=O)C(O)=O)(C)C)=CC=CC=C1 AVKUERGKIZMTKX-NJBDSQKTSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000003042 antagnostic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000005557 antagonist Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000000613 asparagine group Chemical group N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)* 0.000 description 2
- 244000052616 bacterial pathogen Species 0.000 description 2
- IQFYYKKMVGJFEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N beta-L-thymidine Natural products O=C1NC(=O)C(C)=CN1C1OC(CO)C(O)C1 IQFYYKKMVGJFEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 210000004899 c-terminal region Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 description 2
- 210000002421 cell wall Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000004978 chinese hamster ovary cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000002759 chromosomal effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000000349 chromosome Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000004590 computer program Methods 0.000 description 2
- 201000006754 cone-rod dystrophy Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 201000000464 cone-rod dystrophy 2 Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000003431 cross linking reagent Substances 0.000 description 2
- XUJNEKJLAYXESH-UHFFFAOYSA-N cysteine Natural products SCC(N)C(O)=O XUJNEKJLAYXESH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000034994 death Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000022811 deglycosylation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000001212 derivatisation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000010790 dilution Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000012895 dilution Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000539 dimer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000002228 disulfide group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000005014 ectopic expression Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000001671 embryonic stem cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000001976 enzyme digestion Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000001605 fetal effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229930182830 galactose Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 230000002068 genetic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- BRZYSWJRSDMWLG-CAXSIQPQSA-N geneticin Chemical compound O1C[C@@](O)(C)[C@H](NC)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O[C@@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](C(C)O)O2)N)[C@@H](N)C[C@H]1N BRZYSWJRSDMWLG-CAXSIQPQSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108020004445 glyceraldehyde-3-phosphate dehydrogenase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000006602 glyceraldehyde-3-phosphate dehydrogenase Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 239000000833 heterodimer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940088597 hormone Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000005556 hormone Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 description 2
- FDGQSTZJBFJUBT-UHFFFAOYSA-N hypoxanthine Chemical compound O=C1NC=NC2=C1NC=N2 FDGQSTZJBFJUBT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000003053 immunization Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000002649 immunization Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000002163 immunogen Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000001114 immunoprecipitation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000007901 in situ hybridization Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000002779 inactivation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000011534 incubation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000000977 initiatory effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229940125396 insulin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229940079322 interferon Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000000543 intermediate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000003834 intracellular effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000005304 joining Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000003734 kidney Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000005229 liver cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- MYWUZJCMWCOHBA-VIFPVBQESA-N methamphetamine Chemical compound CN[C@@H](C)CC1=CC=CC=C1 MYWUZJCMWCOHBA-VIFPVBQESA-N 0.000 description 2
- HPNSFSBZBAHARI-UHFFFAOYSA-N micophenolic acid Natural products OC1=C(CC=C(C)CCC(O)=O)C(OC)=C(C)C2=C1C(=O)OC2 HPNSFSBZBAHARI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000000178 monomer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000035772 mutation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229960000951 mycophenolic acid Drugs 0.000 description 2
- HPNSFSBZBAHARI-RUDMXATFSA-N mycophenolic acid Chemical compound OC1=C(C\C=C(/C)CCC(O)=O)C(OC)=C(C)C2=C1C(=O)OC2 HPNSFSBZBAHARI-RUDMXATFSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000009091 myxoma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000003472 neutralizing effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000001672 ovary Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 210000005259 peripheral blood Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000011886 peripheral blood Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000026731 phosphorylation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000006366 phosphorylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 238000001556 precipitation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000002243 precursor Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 108010087846 prolyl-prolyl-glycine Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 238000010188 recombinant method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000003362 replicative effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000011347 resin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920005989 resin Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 230000002207 retinal effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 235000019515 salmon Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000011664 signaling Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000002415 sodium dodecyl sulfate polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000000952 spleen Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000004083 survival effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229960002180 tetracycline Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229930101283 tetracycline Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 235000019364 tetracycline Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 150000003522 tetracyclines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000003396 thiol group Chemical group [H]S* 0.000 description 2
- 125000000341 threoninyl group Chemical group [H]OC([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])(N([H])[H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 2
- 229940104230 thymidine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000003053 toxin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 231100000765 toxin Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 108700012359 toxins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 238000000844 transformation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000013519 translation Methods 0.000 description 2
- MEYZYGMYMLNUHJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N tunicamycin Natural products CC(C)CCCCCCCCCC=CC(=O)NC1C(O)C(O)C(CC(O)C2OC(C(O)C2O)N3C=CC(=O)NC3=O)OC1OC4OC(CO)C(O)C(O)C4NC(=O)C MEYZYGMYMLNUHJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HDTRYLNUVZCQOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N α-D-glucopyranosyl-α-D-glucopyranoside Natural products OC1C(O)C(O)C(CO)OC1OC1C(O)C(O)C(O)C(CO)O1 HDTRYLNUVZCQOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FXYPGCIGRDZWNR-UHFFFAOYSA-N (2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl) 3-[[3-(2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl)oxy-3-oxopropyl]disulfanyl]propanoate Chemical compound O=C1CCC(=O)N1OC(=O)CCSSCCC(=O)ON1C(=O)CCC1=O FXYPGCIGRDZWNR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DIGQNXIGRZPYDK-WKSCXVIASA-N (2R)-6-amino-2-[[2-[[(2S)-2-[[2-[[(2R)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2R,3S)-2-[[2-[[(2S)-2-[[2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2R)-2-[[(2S,3S)-2-[[(2R)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2R)-2-[[2-[[2-[[2-[(2-amino-1-hydroxyethylidene)amino]-3-carboxy-1-hydroxypropylidene]amino]-1-hydroxy-3-sulfanylpropylidene]amino]-1-hydroxyethylidene]amino]-1-hydroxy-3-sulfanylpropylidene]amino]-1,3-dihydroxypropylidene]amino]-1-hydroxyethylidene]amino]-1-hydroxypropylidene]amino]-1,3-dihydroxypropylidene]amino]-1,3-dihydroxypropylidene]amino]-1-hydroxy-3-sulfanylpropylidene]amino]-1,3-dihydroxybutylidene]amino]-1-hydroxy-3-sulfanylpropylidene]amino]-1-hydroxypropylidene]amino]-1,3-dihydroxypropylidene]amino]-1-hydroxyethylidene]amino]-1,5-dihydroxy-5-iminopentylidene]amino]-1-hydroxy-3-sulfanylpropylidene]amino]-1,3-dihydroxybutylidene]amino]-1-hydroxy-3-sulfanylpropylidene]amino]-1,3-dihydroxypropylidene]amino]-1-hydroxyethylidene]amino]-1-hydroxy-3-sulfanylpropylidene]amino]-1-hydroxyethylidene]amino]hexanoic acid Chemical compound C[C@@H]([C@@H](C(=N[C@@H](CS)C(=N[C@@H](C)C(=N[C@@H](CO)C(=NCC(=N[C@@H](CCC(=N)O)C(=NC(CS)C(=N[C@H]([C@H](C)O)C(=N[C@H](CS)C(=N[C@H](CO)C(=NCC(=N[C@H](CS)C(=NCC(=N[C@H](CCCCN)C(=O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)N=C([C@H](CS)N=C([C@H](CO)N=C([C@H](CO)N=C([C@H](C)N=C(CN=C([C@H](CO)N=C([C@H](CS)N=C(CN=C(C(CS)N=C(C(CC(=O)O)N=C(CN)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O DIGQNXIGRZPYDK-WKSCXVIASA-N 0.000 description 1
- KYBXNPIASYUWLN-WUCPZUCCSA-N (2s)-5-hydroxypyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid Chemical compound OC1CC[C@@H](C(O)=O)N1 KYBXNPIASYUWLN-WUCPZUCCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101150084750 1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- OWEGMIWEEQEYGQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 100676-05-9 Natural products OC1C(O)C(O)C(CO)OC1OCC1C(O)C(O)C(O)C(OC2C(OC(O)C(O)C2O)CO)O1 OWEGMIWEEQEYGQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003287 1H-imidazol-4-ylmethyl group Chemical group [H]N1C([H])=NC(C([H])([H])[*])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 150000003923 2,5-pyrrolediones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- JKMHFZQWWAIEOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[4-(2-hydroxyethyl)piperazin-1-yl]ethanesulfonic acid Chemical compound OCC[NH+]1CCN(CCS([O-])(=O)=O)CC1 JKMHFZQWWAIEOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KDZIGQIDPXKMBA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[[2-[[2-[(2-amino-3-methylbutanoyl)amino]acetyl]amino]-3-hydroxypropanoyl]amino]pentanedioic acid Chemical compound CC(C)C(N)C(=O)NCC(=O)NC(CO)C(=O)NC(C(O)=O)CCC(O)=O KDZIGQIDPXKMBA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000979 2-amino-2-oxoethyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C(=O)N([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- QFVHZQCOUORWEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-[(4-anilino-5-sulfonaphthalen-1-yl)diazenyl]-5-hydroxynaphthalene-2,7-disulfonic acid Chemical compound C=12C(O)=CC(S(O)(=O)=O)=CC2=CC(S(O)(=O)=O)=CC=1N=NC(C1=CC=CC(=C11)S(O)(=O)=O)=CC=C1NC1=CC=CC=C1 QFVHZQCOUORWEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- TVZGACDUOSZQKY-LBPRGKRZSA-N 4-aminofolic acid Chemical compound C1=NC2=NC(N)=NC(N)=C2N=C1CNC1=CC=C(C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(O)=O)C=C1 TVZGACDUOSZQKY-LBPRGKRZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NLPWSMKACWGINL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-azido-2-hydroxybenzoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=C(N=[N+]=[N-])C=C1O NLPWSMKACWGINL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101710169336 5'-deoxyadenosine deaminase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229940117976 5-hydroxylysine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 102000015936 AP-1 transcription factor Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108050004195 AP-1 transcription factor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000007469 Actins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010085238 Actins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100036664 Adenosine deaminase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000256118 Aedes aegypti Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000256173 Aedes albopictus Species 0.000 description 1
- 229920000936 Agarose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 241000589158 Agrobacterium Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010088751 Albumins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000009027 Albumins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101710187573 Alcohol dehydrogenase 2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101710133776 Alcohol dehydrogenase class-3 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- KGSJCPBERYUXCN-BPNCWPANSA-N Arg-Ala-Tyr Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1)C(O)=O KGSJCPBERYUXCN-BPNCWPANSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RWWPBOUMKFBHAL-FXQIFTODSA-N Arg-Asn-Cys Chemical compound NC(N)=NCCC[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(O)=O RWWPBOUMKFBHAL-FXQIFTODSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LTARLVHGOGBRHN-AAEUAGOBSA-N Asp-Trp-Gly Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC1=CNC2=C1C=CC=C2)C(=O)NCC(O)=O LTARLVHGOGBRHN-AAEUAGOBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102100022717 Atypical chemokine receptor 1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241001203868 Autographa californica Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000713842 Avian sarcoma virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 108090001008 Avidin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 235000014469 Bacillus subtilis Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 108700003860 Bacterial Genes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000255789 Bombyx mori Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000409811 Bombyx mori nucleopolyhedrovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 101000800130 Bos taurus Thyroglobulin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000167854 Bourreria succulenta Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010006187 Breast cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 125000001433 C-terminal amino-acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000002126 C01EB10 - Adenosine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102000007499 CD27 Ligand Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010046080 CD27 Ligand Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010017987 CD30 Ligand Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010029697 CD40 Ligand Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100032937 CD40 ligand Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101100029886 Caenorhabditis elegans lov-1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- UXVMQQNJUSDDNG-UHFFFAOYSA-L Calcium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].[Cl-].[Ca+2] UXVMQQNJUSDDNG-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 241000222122 Candida albicans Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000282465 Canis Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000282472 Canis lupus familiaris Species 0.000 description 1
- 108090000489 Carboxy-Lyases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000014914 Carrier Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100029855 Caspase-3 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010067225 Cell Adhesion Molecules Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000016289 Cell Adhesion Molecules Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000000844 Cell Surface Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000282552 Chlorocebus aethiops Species 0.000 description 1
- 108090000746 Chymosin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108091062157 Cis-regulatory element Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920000742 Cotton Polymers 0.000 description 1
- BMHBJCVEXUBGFI-BIIVOSGPSA-N Cys-Cys-Pro Chemical compound C1C[C@@H](N(C1)C(=O)[C@H](CS)NC(=O)[C@H](CS)N)C(=O)O BMHBJCVEXUBGFI-BIIVOSGPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SMEYEQDCCBHTEF-FXQIFTODSA-N Cys-Pro-Ala Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)N1CCC[C@H]1C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(O)=O SMEYEQDCCBHTEF-FXQIFTODSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KXHAPEPORGOXDT-UWJYBYFXSA-N Cys-Tyr-Ala Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(O)=O KXHAPEPORGOXDT-UWJYBYFXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VIOQRFNAZDMVLO-NRPADANISA-N Cys-Val-Glu Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(O)=O VIOQRFNAZDMVLO-NRPADANISA-N 0.000 description 1
- IGXWBGJHJZYPQS-SSDOTTSWSA-N D-Luciferin Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@H]1CSC(C=2SC3=CC=C(O)C=C3N=2)=N1 IGXWBGJHJZYPQS-SSDOTTSWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-UWTATZPHSA-N D-alanine Chemical compound C[C@@H](N)C(O)=O QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-UWTATZPHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N D-alpha-Ala Natural products CC([NH3+])C([O-])=O QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108020003215 DNA Probes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000004544 DNA amplification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009946 DNA mutation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003298 DNA probe Substances 0.000 description 1
- 206010011878 Deafness Diseases 0.000 description 1
- CYCGRDQQIOGCKX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dehydro-luciferin Natural products OC(=O)C1=CSC(C=2SC3=CC(O)=CC=C3N=2)=N1 CYCGRDQQIOGCKX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010035533 Drosophila Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000255601 Drosophila melanogaster Species 0.000 description 1
- 101100044298 Drosophila melanogaster fand gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108700007861 Drosophila rpr Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010059866 Drug resistance Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000002965 ELISA Methods 0.000 description 1
- 101710202200 Endolysin A Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000588914 Enterobacter Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000588921 Enterobacteriaceae Species 0.000 description 1
- 101800003838 Epidermal growth factor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102400001368 Epidermal growth factor Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000283086 Equidae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000588698 Erwinia Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000588722 Escherichia Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000588724 Escherichia coli Species 0.000 description 1
- 101150064015 FAS gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010039471 Fas Ligand Protein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010077716 Fas-Associated Death Domain Protein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000282326 Felis catus Species 0.000 description 1
- BJGNCJDXODQBOB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fivefly Luciferin Natural products OC(=O)C1CSC(C=2SC3=CC(O)=CC=C3N=2)=N1 BJGNCJDXODQBOB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000700662 Fowlpox virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000287828 Gallus gallus Species 0.000 description 1
- 108700039691 Genetic Promoter Regions Proteins 0.000 description 1
- OYTPNWYZORARHL-XHNCKOQMSA-N Gln-Ala-Pro Chemical compound C[C@@H](C(=O)N1CCC[C@@H]1C(=O)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(=O)N)N OYTPNWYZORARHL-XHNCKOQMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LVSYIKGMLRHKME-IUCAKERBSA-N Gln-Gly-His Chemical compound C1=C(NC=N1)C[C@@H](C(=O)O)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CCC(=O)N)N LVSYIKGMLRHKME-IUCAKERBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IRXNJYPKBVERCW-DCAQKATOSA-N Glu-Leu-Glu Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(O)=O IRXNJYPKBVERCW-DCAQKATOSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KXRORHJIRAOQPG-SOUVJXGZSA-N Glu-Tyr-Pro Chemical compound C1C[C@@H](N(C1)C(=O)[C@H](CC2=CC=C(C=C2)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(=O)O)N)C(=O)O KXRORHJIRAOQPG-SOUVJXGZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000030595 Glucokinase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010021582 Glucokinase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N Glucose Natural products OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QXPRJQPCFXMCIY-NKWVEPMBSA-N Gly-Ala-Pro Chemical compound C[C@@H](C(=O)N1CCC[C@@H]1C(=O)O)NC(=O)CN QXPRJQPCFXMCIY-NKWVEPMBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HPAIKDPJURGQLN-KBPBESRZSA-N Gly-His-Phe Chemical compound C([C@H](NC(=O)CN)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(O)=O)C1=CNC=N1 HPAIKDPJURGQLN-KBPBESRZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LBDXVCBAJJNJNN-WHFBIAKZSA-N Gly-Ser-Cys Chemical compound NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(O)=O LBDXVCBAJJNJNN-WHFBIAKZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- TVTZEOHWHUVYCG-KYNKHSRBSA-N Gly-Thr-Thr Chemical compound [H]NCC(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(O)=O TVTZEOHWHUVYCG-KYNKHSRBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000219146 Gossypium Species 0.000 description 1
- HVLSXIKZNLPZJJ-TXZCQADKSA-N HA peptide Chemical compound C([C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H]1N(CCC1)C(=O)[C@@H](N)CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 HVLSXIKZNLPZJJ-TXZCQADKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000007995 HEPES buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000031886 HIV Infections Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000037357 HIV infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 101100082540 Haemophilus influenzae (strain ATCC 51907 / DSM 11121 / KW20 / Rd) pcp gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000700721 Hepatitis B virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 229920000209 Hexadimethrine bromide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 102000005548 Hexokinase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108700040460 Hexokinases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000678879 Homo sapiens Atypical chemokine receptor 1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000793880 Homo sapiens Caspase-3 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101001050288 Homo sapiens Transcription factor Jun Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000648507 Homo sapiens Tumor necrosis factor receptor superfamily member 14 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010001336 Horseradish Peroxidase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000008100 Human Serum Albumin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091006905 Human Serum Albumin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000701109 Human adenovirus 2 Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000700588 Human alphaherpesvirus 1 Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000701074 Human alphaherpesvirus 2 Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000701024 Human betaherpesvirus 5 Species 0.000 description 1
- PMMYEEVYMWASQN-DMTCNVIQSA-N Hydroxyproline Chemical compound O[C@H]1CN[C@H](C(O)=O)C1 PMMYEEVYMWASQN-DMTCNVIQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UGQMRVRMYYASKQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hypoxanthine nucleoside Natural products OC1C(O)C(CO)OC1N1C(NC=NC2=O)=C2N=C1 UGQMRVRMYYASKQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FVEWRQXNISSYFO-ZPFDUUQYSA-N Ile-Arg-Glu Chemical compound CC[C@H](C)[C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCN=C(N)N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(=O)O)C(=O)O)N FVEWRQXNISSYFO-ZPFDUUQYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000018071 Immunoglobulin Fc Fragments Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010091135 Immunoglobulin Fc Fragments Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108700005091 Immunoglobulin Genes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000017727 Immunoglobulin Variable Region Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010067060 Immunoglobulin Variable Region Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108050006430 Immunoglobulin-like domains Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000016844 Immunoglobulin-like domains Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000008070 Interferon-gamma Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010074328 Interferon-gamma Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000014150 Interferons Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010050904 Interferons Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000588748 Klebsiella Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001138401 Kluyveromyces lactis Species 0.000 description 1
- ZUKPVRWZDMRIEO-VKHMYHEASA-N L-cysteinylglycine Chemical compound SC[C@H]([NH3+])C(=O)NCC([O-])=O ZUKPVRWZDMRIEO-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 1
- HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-histidine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CN=CN1 HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KDXKERNSBIXSRK-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-lysine Chemical compound NCCCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O KDXKERNSBIXSRK-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- COLNVLDHVKWLRT-QMMMGPOBSA-N L-phenylalanine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=CC=C1 COLNVLDHVKWLRT-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OUYCCCASQSFEME-QMMMGPOBSA-N L-tyrosine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 OUYCCCASQSFEME-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N Lactose Natural products OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QUAAUWNLWMLERT-IHRRRGAJSA-N Leu-Arg-Leu Chemical compound CC(C)C[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCN=C(N)N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(O)=O QUAAUWNLWMLERT-IHRRRGAJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NFHJQETXTSDZSI-DCAQKATOSA-N Leu-Cys-Arg Chemical compound CC(C)C[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCN=C(N)N)C(O)=O NFHJQETXTSDZSI-DCAQKATOSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PNUCWVAGVNLUMW-CIUDSAMLSA-N Leu-Cys-Ser Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(O)=O PNUCWVAGVNLUMW-CIUDSAMLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DXYBNWJZJVSZAE-GUBZILKMSA-N Leu-Gln-Cys Chemical compound CC(C)C[C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(=O)N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)O)N DXYBNWJZJVSZAE-GUBZILKMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SVBJIZVVYJYGLA-DCAQKATOSA-N Leu-Ser-Val Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(O)=O SVBJIZVVYJYGLA-DCAQKATOSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DDWFXDSYGUXRAY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Luciferin Natural products CCc1c(C)c(CC2NC(=O)C(=C2C=C)C)[nH]c1Cc3[nH]c4C(=C5/NC(CC(=O)O)C(C)C5CC(=O)O)CC(=O)c4c3C DDWFXDSYGUXRAY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000007688 Lycopersicon esculentum Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 102000004083 Lymphotoxin-alpha Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000542 Lymphotoxin-alpha Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108090000362 Lymphotoxin-beta Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100026894 Lymphotoxin-beta Human genes 0.000 description 1
- NTEVEUCLFMWSND-SRVKXCTJSA-N Lys-Arg-Gln Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(O)=O NTEVEUCLFMWSND-SRVKXCTJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GJJQCBVRWDGLMQ-GUBZILKMSA-N Lys-Glu-Ala Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(O)=O GJJQCBVRWDGLMQ-GUBZILKMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LLSUNJYOSCOOEB-GUBZILKMSA-N Lys-Glu-Asp Chemical compound NCCCC[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(O)=O LLSUNJYOSCOOEB-GUBZILKMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AFLBTVGQCQLOFJ-AVGNSLFASA-N Lys-Pro-Arg Chemical compound NCCCC[C@H](N)C(=O)N1CCC[C@H]1C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCN=C(N)N)C(O)=O AFLBTVGQCQLOFJ-AVGNSLFASA-N 0.000 description 1
- FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Magnesium Chemical compound [Mg] FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-PICCSMPSSA-N Maltose Natural products O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO)OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-PICCSMPSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 240000000233 Melia azedarach Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010060408 Member 25 Tumor Necrosis Factor Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000008166 Member 25 Tumor Necrosis Factor Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100038895 Myc proto-oncogene protein Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101710135898 Myc proto-oncogene protein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- OVRNDRQMDRJTHS-CBQIKETKSA-N N-Acetyl-D-Galactosamine Chemical compound CC(=O)N[C@H]1[C@@H](O)O[C@H](CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H]1O OVRNDRQMDRJTHS-CBQIKETKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NQTADLQHYWFPDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Hydroxysuccinimide Chemical class ON1C(=O)CCC1=O NQTADLQHYWFPDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OVRNDRQMDRJTHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-acelyl-D-glucosamine Natural products CC(=O)NC1C(O)OC(CO)C(O)C1O OVRNDRQMDRJTHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MBLBDJOUHNCFQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-acetyl-D-galactosamine Natural products CC(=O)NC(C=O)C(O)C(O)C(O)CO MBLBDJOUHNCFQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OVRNDRQMDRJTHS-FMDGEEDCSA-N N-acetyl-beta-D-glucosamine Chemical compound CC(=O)N[C@H]1[C@H](O)O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O OVRNDRQMDRJTHS-FMDGEEDCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MBLBDJOUHNCFQT-LXGUWJNJSA-N N-acetylglucosamine Natural products CC(=O)N[C@@H](C=O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO MBLBDJOUHNCFQT-LXGUWJNJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000004988 N-glycosylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000000729 N-terminal amino-acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 108091008604 NGF receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 244000061176 Nicotiana tabacum Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000002637 Nicotiana tabacum Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000010222 PCR analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910019142 PO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 108010067372 Pancreatic elastase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000016387 Pancreatic elastase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010087702 Penicillinase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108090000284 Pepsin A Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000057297 Pepsin A Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 240000007377 Petunia x hybrida Species 0.000 description 1
- AGYXCMYVTBYGCT-ULQDDVLXSA-N Phe-Arg-Leu Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CC1=CC=CC=C1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(O)=O AGYXCMYVTBYGCT-ULQDDVLXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000001105 Phosphofructokinases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010069341 Phosphofructokinases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000012288 Phosphopyruvate Hydratase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010022181 Phosphopyruvate Hydratase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108091000080 Phosphotransferase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101100335198 Pneumocystis carinii fol1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241001505332 Polyomavirus sp. Species 0.000 description 1
- IFMDQWDAJUMMJC-DCAQKATOSA-N Pro-Ala-Leu Chemical compound [H]N1CCC[C@H]1C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(O)=O IFMDQWDAJUMMJC-DCAQKATOSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CYQQWUPHIZVCNY-GUBZILKMSA-N Pro-Arg-Ser Chemical compound [H]N1CCC[C@H]1C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(O)=O CYQQWUPHIZVCNY-GUBZILKMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SBYVDRLQAGENMY-DCAQKATOSA-N Pro-Asn-His Chemical compound C1C[C@H](NC1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(=O)N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC2=CN=CN2)C(=O)O SBYVDRLQAGENMY-DCAQKATOSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QEWBZBLXDKIQPS-STQMWFEESA-N Pro-Gly-Tyr Chemical compound [H]N1CCC[C@H]1C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1)C(O)=O QEWBZBLXDKIQPS-STQMWFEESA-N 0.000 description 1
- RWCOTTLHDJWHRS-YUMQZZPRSA-N Pro-Pro Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H]1CCCN1C(=O)[C@H]1NCCC1 RWCOTTLHDJWHRS-YUMQZZPRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RTQKBZIRDWZLDF-BZSNNMDCSA-N Pro-Pro-Trp Chemical compound C([C@H]1C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=2C3=CC=CC=C3NC=2)C(=O)O)CCN1C(=O)[C@@H]1CCCN1 RTQKBZIRDWZLDF-BZSNNMDCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CZCCVJUUWBMISW-FXQIFTODSA-N Pro-Ser-Cys Chemical compound C1C[C@H](NC1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)O CZCCVJUUWBMISW-FXQIFTODSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QKDIHFHGHBYTKB-IHRRRGAJSA-N Pro-Ser-Phe Chemical compound N([C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(O)=O)C(=O)[C@@H]1CCCN1 QKDIHFHGHBYTKB-IHRRRGAJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940124158 Protease/peptidase inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 241000588769 Proteus <enterobacteria> Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000589516 Pseudomonas Species 0.000 description 1
- 101000762949 Pseudomonas aeruginosa (strain ATCC 15692 / DSM 22644 / CIP 104116 / JCM 14847 / LMG 12228 / 1C / PRS 101 / PAO1) Exotoxin A Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010011939 Pyruvate Decarboxylase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000013009 Pyruvate Kinase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108020005115 Pyruvate Kinase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100022419 RPA-interacting protein Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000004879 Racemases and epimerases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090001066 Racemases and epimerases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000700157 Rattus norvegicus Species 0.000 description 1
- 108090000829 Ribosome Inactivating Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010039491 Ricin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000714474 Rous sarcoma virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000235070 Saccharomyces Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000607142 Salmonella Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000293869 Salmonella enterica subsp. enterica serovar Typhimurium Species 0.000 description 1
- HBOABDXGTMMDSE-GUBZILKMSA-N Ser-Arg-Val Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(O)=O HBOABDXGTMMDSE-GUBZILKMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NBUKGEFVZJMSIS-XIRDDKMYSA-N Ser-His-Trp Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=C1)C(=CN2)C[C@@H](C(=O)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC3=CN=CN3)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)N NBUKGEFVZJMSIS-XIRDDKMYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010071390 Serum Albumin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000007562 Serum Albumin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000607768 Shigella Species 0.000 description 1
- BQCADISMDOOEFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silver Chemical compound [Ag] BQCADISMDOOEFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 240000003768 Solanum lycopersicum Species 0.000 description 1
- 244000061456 Solanum tuberosum Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000002595 Solanum tuberosum Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 241000256251 Spodoptera frugiperda Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000269319 Squalius cephalus Species 0.000 description 1
- 108091081024 Start codon Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000187747 Streptomyces Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000037065 Subacute sclerosing leukoencephalitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010042297 Subacute sclerosing panencephalitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000001744 T-lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 108700012411 TNFSF10 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000255588 Tephritidae Species 0.000 description 1
- 108020005038 Terminator Codon Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101710097834 Thiol protease Proteins 0.000 description 1
- ZUUDNCOCILSYAM-KKHAAJSZSA-N Thr-Asp-Val Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(O)=O ZUUDNCOCILSYAM-KKHAAJSZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ABWNZPOIUJMNKT-IXOXFDKPSA-N Thr-Phe-Ser Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC1=CC=CC=C1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(O)=O ABWNZPOIUJMNKT-IXOXFDKPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GVMXJJAJLIEASL-ZJDVBMNYSA-N Thr-Pro-Thr Chemical compound C[C@@H](O)[C@H](N)C(=O)N1CCC[C@H]1C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(O)=O GVMXJJAJLIEASL-ZJDVBMNYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101710150448 Transcriptional regulator Myc Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004338 Transferrin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000901 Transferrin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- HDTRYLNUVZCQOY-WSWWMNSNSA-N Trehalose Natural products O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 HDTRYLNUVZCQOY-WSWWMNSNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000005924 Triose-Phosphate Isomerase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108700015934 Triose-phosphate isomerases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- LVTKHGUGBGNBPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Trp-P-1 Chemical compound N1C2=CC=CC=C2C2=C1C(C)=C(N)N=C2C LVTKHGUGBGNBPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940122618 Trypsin inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 101710162629 Trypsin inhibitor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100024598 Tumor necrosis factor ligand superfamily member 10 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108050002568 Tumor necrosis factor ligand superfamily member 6 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100032100 Tumor necrosis factor ligand superfamily member 8 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091005906 Type I transmembrane proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108091023045 Untranslated Region Proteins 0.000 description 1
- VXCAZHCVDBQMTP-NRPADANISA-N Val-Cys-Gln Chemical compound CC(C)[C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(=O)N)C(=O)O)N VXCAZHCVDBQMTP-NRPADANISA-N 0.000 description 1
- WDIWOIRFNMLNKO-ULQDDVLXSA-N Val-Leu-Tyr Chemical compound CC(C)[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@H](C(O)=O)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 WDIWOIRFNMLNKO-ULQDDVLXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AOILQMZPNLUXCM-AVGNSLFASA-N Val-Val-Lys Chemical compound CC(C)[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@H](C(O)=O)CCCCN AOILQMZPNLUXCM-AVGNSLFASA-N 0.000 description 1
- IXKSXJFAGXLQOQ-XISFHERQSA-N WHWLQLKPGQPMY Chemical compound C([C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N1CCC[C@H]1C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N1CCC[C@H]1C(=O)N[C@@H](CCSC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)C(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)C1=CNC=N1 IXKSXJFAGXLQOQ-XISFHERQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 240000008042 Zea mays Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000005824 Zea mays ssp. parviglumis Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000002017 Zea mays subsp mays Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N [3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-hydroxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methyl [5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)-2-(hydroxymethyl)oxolan-3-yl] hydrogen phosphate Polymers Cc1cn(C2CC(OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)C(COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3CO)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)O2)c(=O)[nH]c1=O JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000021736 acetylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006640 acetylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000003213 activating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000006978 adaptation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 108091005764 adaptor proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000035181 adaptor proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 229960005305 adenosine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000004931 aggregating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002776 aggregation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004220 aggregation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 108010087924 alanylproline Proteins 0.000 description 1
- HDTRYLNUVZCQOY-LIZSDCNHSA-N alpha,alpha-trehalose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 HDTRYLNUVZCQOY-LIZSDCNHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000004075 alteration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940037003 alum Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000009435 amidation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007112 amidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000003368 amide group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000001412 amines Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229960003896 aminopterin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000012870 ammonium sulfate precipitation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004873 anchoring Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000000628 antibody-producing cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000000890 antigenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001640 apoptogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003782 apoptosis assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- PYMYPHUHKUWMLA-UHFFFAOYSA-N arabinose Natural products OCC(O)C(O)C(O)C=O PYMYPHUHKUWMLA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000001363 autoimmune Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000003719 b-lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000004888 barrier function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 1
- SRBFZHDQGSBBOR-UHFFFAOYSA-N beta-D-Pyranose-Lyxose Natural products OC1COC(O)C(O)C1O SRBFZHDQGSBBOR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010051210 beta-Fructofuranosidase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QUYVBRFLSA-N beta-maltose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QUYVBRFLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108091008324 binding proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000003115 biocidal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960002685 biotin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000020958 biotin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011616 biotin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000006287 biotinylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007413 biotinylation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000002459 blastocyst Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000001124 body fluid Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000010839 body fluid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001110 calcium chloride Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910001628 calcium chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000001506 calcium phosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000389 calcium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000011010 calcium phosphates Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 244000309466 calf Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000014633 carbohydrates Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000030833 cell death Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000010261 cell growth Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000022534 cell killing Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000013592 cell lysate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000000170 cell membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000036755 cellular response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004637 cellular stress Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000019065 cervical carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000012412 chemical coupling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000019693 cherries Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000011098 chromatofocusing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011210 chromatographic step Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004587 chromatography analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000013611 chromosomal DNA Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001684 chronic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940080701 chymosin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000004186 co-expression Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012875 competitive assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002860 competitive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001268 conjugating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000005289 controlled pore glass Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000005822 corn Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000009109 curative therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- ATDGTVJJHBUTRL-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyanogen bromide Chemical compound BrC#N ATDGTVJJHBUTRL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010016616 cysteinylglycine Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000003675 cytokine receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010057085 cytokine receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000006240 deamidation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007812 deficiency Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003413 degradative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000018044 dehydration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006297 dehydration reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012217 deletion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000037430 deletion Effects 0.000 description 1
- YSMODUONRAFBET-UHFFFAOYSA-N delta-DL-hydroxylysine Natural products NCC(O)CCC(N)C(O)=O YSMODUONRAFBET-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003599 detergent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960000633 dextran sulfate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000000502 dialysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000004119 disulfanediyl group Chemical group *SS* 0.000 description 1
- PMMYEEVYMWASQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N dl-hydroxyproline Natural products OC1C[NH2+]C(C([O-])=O)C1 PMMYEEVYMWASQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000001962 electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002337 electrophoretic mobility shift assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000002308 embryonic cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000002708 enhancing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940116977 epidermal growth factor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- YSMODUONRAFBET-UHNVWZDZSA-N erythro-5-hydroxy-L-lysine Chemical compound NC[C@H](O)CC[C@H](N)C(O)=O YSMODUONRAFBET-UHNVWZDZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000012869 ethanol precipitation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000013613 expression plasmid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002349 favourable effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000002950 fibroblast Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000005194 fractionation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000499 gel Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001502 gel electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002523 gelfiltration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003500 gene array Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108060003196 globin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000018146 globin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 239000008103 glucose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000000291 glutamic acid group Chemical group N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)* 0.000 description 1
- ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N glutamine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCC(N)=O ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000404 glutamine group Chemical group N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)* 0.000 description 1
- 230000002414 glycolytic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229930182470 glycoside Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 150000002338 glycosides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- HPAIKDPJURGQLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N glycyl-L-histidyl-L-phenylalanine Natural products C=1C=CC=CC=1CC(C(O)=O)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)CN)CC1=CN=CN1 HPAIKDPJURGQLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JYPCXBJRLBHWME-UHFFFAOYSA-N glycyl-L-prolyl-L-arginine Natural products NCC(=O)N1CCCC1C(=O)NC(CCCN=C(N)N)C(O)=O JYPCXBJRLBHWME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003102 growth factor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108010067006 heat stable toxin (E coli) Proteins 0.000 description 1
- HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-UHFFFAOYSA-N histidine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CN=CN1 HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000487 histidyl group Chemical group [H]N([H])C(C(=O)O*)C([H])([H])C1=C([H])N([H])C([H])=N1 0.000 description 1
- 239000000710 homodimer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102000057041 human TNF Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000052793 human TNFRSF14 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 210000005260 human cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 208000033519 human immunodeficiency virus infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000012872 hydroxylapatite chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000033444 hydroxylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005805 hydroxylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960002591 hydroxyproline Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000002463 imidates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000014726 immortalization of host cell Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001900 immune effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000028993 immune response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000987 immune system Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000002596 immunotoxin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940051026 immunotoxin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000011065 in-situ storage Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010348 incorporation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012678 infectious agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002458 infectious effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002757 inflammatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005764 inhibitory process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000002484 inorganic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910010272 inorganic material Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000007689 inspection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000010354 integration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007928 intraperitoneal injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001573 invertase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011073 invertase Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-RNFDNDRNSA-M iodine-131(1-) Chemical compound [131I-] XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-RNFDNDRNSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 238000005342 ion exchange Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002955 isolation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000002540 isothiocyanates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229960000318 kanamycin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229930027917 kanamycin Natural products 0.000 description 1
- SBUJHOSQTJFQJX-NOAMYHISSA-N kanamycin Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CN)O[C@@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O[C@@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](N)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O2)O)[C@H](N)C[C@@H]1N SBUJHOSQTJFQJX-NOAMYHISSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930182823 kanamycin A Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 108010045069 keyhole-limpet hemocyanin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000008101 lactose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000011031 large-scale manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003902 lesion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 108010057821 leucylproline Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 210000000265 leukocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 101150074251 lpp gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 210000005265 lung cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000001165 lymph node Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000006166 lysate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108010044348 lysyl-glutamyl-aspartic acid Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000011777 magnesium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052749 magnesium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000014759 maintenance of location Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004060 metabolic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- DFTAZNAEBRBBKP-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl 4-sulfanylbutanimidate Chemical compound COC(=N)CCCS DFTAZNAEBRBBKP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000011987 methylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007069 methylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 244000005700 microbiome Species 0.000 description 1
- 238000000520 microinjection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005012 migration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013508 migration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003607 modifier Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010369 molecular cloning Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940035032 monophosphoryl lipid a Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940126619 mouse monoclonal antibody Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000000869 mutational effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- GNOLWGAJQVLBSM-UHFFFAOYSA-N n,n,5,7-tetramethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalen-1-amine Chemical compound C1=C(C)C=C2C(N(C)C)CCCC2=C1C GNOLWGAJQVLBSM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229950006780 n-acetylglucosamine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000006386 neutralization reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 108010058731 nopaline synthase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000002777 nucleoside Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000003835 nucleoside group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 210000004940 nucleus Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229920002113 octoxynol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000006384 oligomerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002515 oligonucleotide synthesis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011275 oncology therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229950009506 penicillinase Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940111202 pepsin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000137 peptide hydrolase inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000005105 peripheral blood lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000002823 phage display Methods 0.000 description 1
- COLNVLDHVKWLRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenylalanine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CC=CC=C1 COLNVLDHVKWLRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K phosphate Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([O-])=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 239000010452 phosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102000020233 phosphotransferase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 230000001766 physiological effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920003023 plastic Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004033 plastic Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002401 polyacrylamide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000008488 polyadenylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920002704 polyhistidine Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 102000054765 polymorphisms of proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091033319 polynucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000040430 polynucleotide Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 239000002157 polynucleotide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001451 polypropylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000009117 preventive therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005522 programmed cell death Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000770 proinflammatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000001236 prokaryotic cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 108010077112 prolyl-proline Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000001737 promoting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000644 propagated effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000159 protein binding assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000017854 proteolysis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002797 proteolythic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940024999 proteolytic enzymes for treatment of wounds and ulcers Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000001938 protoplast Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000001525 receptor binding assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003259 recombinant expression Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011084 recovery Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000022532 regulation of transcription, DNA-dependent Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004007 reversed phase HPLC Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012552 review Methods 0.000 description 1
- PYWVYCXTNDRMGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N rhodamine B Chemical compound [Cl-].C=12C=CC(=[N+](CC)CC)C=C2OC2=CC(N(CC)CC)=CC=C2C=1C1=CC=CC=C1C(O)=O PYWVYCXTNDRMGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000013391 scatchard analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000003607 serino group Chemical group [H]N([H])[C@]([H])(C(=O)[*])C(O[H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 210000000717 sertoli cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 108010026333 seryl-proline Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000019491 signal transduction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000377 silicon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052709 silver Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000004332 silver Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000009987 spinning Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000004989 spleen cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000000087 stabilizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007920 subcutaneous administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007929 subcutaneous injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004114 suspension culture Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010189 synthetic method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000001608 teratocarcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229940124597 therapeutic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000009210 therapy by ultrasound Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000013619 trace mineral Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011573 trace mineral Substances 0.000 description 1
- FGMPLJWBKKVCDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N trans-L-hydroxy-proline Natural products ON1CCCC1C(O)=O FGMPLJWBKKVCDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000005030 transcription termination Effects 0.000 description 1
- 108091006106 transcriptional activators Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012581 transferrin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001131 transforming effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001052 transient effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003146 transient transfection Methods 0.000 description 1
- QORWJWZARLRLPR-UHFFFAOYSA-H tricalcium bis(phosphate) Chemical compound [Ca+2].[Ca+2].[Ca+2].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O.[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O QORWJWZARLRLPR-UHFFFAOYSA-H 0.000 description 1
- ITMCEJHCFYSIIV-UHFFFAOYSA-N triflic acid Chemical compound OS(=O)(=O)C(F)(F)F ITMCEJHCFYSIIV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101150108727 trpl gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000002753 trypsin inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108010087967 type I signal peptidase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- OUYCCCASQSFEME-UHFFFAOYSA-N tyrosine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 OUYCCCASQSFEME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241001430294 unidentified retrovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- VBEQCZHXXJYVRD-GACYYNSASA-N uroanthelone Chemical compound C([C@@H](C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(O)=O)C(C)C)[C@@H](C)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1NC=NC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CCSC)NC(=O)[C@H](CS)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)CNC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CS)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H]1N(CCC1)C(=O)[C@H](CS)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H]1N(CCC1)C(=O)[C@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC(N)=O)C(C)C)[C@@H](C)CC)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 VBEQCZHXXJYVRD-GACYYNSASA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000005253 yeast cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000001086 yeast two-hybrid system Methods 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K14/00—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
- C07K14/435—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
- C07K14/705—Receptors; Cell surface antigens; Cell surface determinants
- C07K14/70578—NGF-receptor/TNF-receptor superfamily, e.g. CD27, CD30, CD40, CD95
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A01—AGRICULTURE; FORESTRY; ANIMAL HUSBANDRY; HUNTING; TRAPPING; FISHING
- A01K—ANIMAL HUSBANDRY; AVICULTURE; APICULTURE; PISCICULTURE; FISHING; REARING OR BREEDING ANIMALS, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; NEW BREEDS OF ANIMALS
- A01K2217/00—Genetically modified animals
- A01K2217/05—Animals comprising random inserted nucleic acids (transgenic)
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A01—AGRICULTURE; FORESTRY; ANIMAL HUSBANDRY; HUNTING; TRAPPING; FISHING
- A01K—ANIMAL HUSBANDRY; AVICULTURE; APICULTURE; PISCICULTURE; FISHING; REARING OR BREEDING ANIMALS, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; NEW BREEDS OF ANIMALS
- A01K2217/00—Genetically modified animals
- A01K2217/07—Animals genetically altered by homologous recombination
- A01K2217/075—Animals genetically altered by homologous recombination inducing loss of function, i.e. knock out
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K2319/00—Fusion polypeptide
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Biochemistry (AREA)
- Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
- Gastroenterology & Hepatology (AREA)
- Toxicology (AREA)
- Immunology (AREA)
- Biophysics (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Zoology (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
- Cell Biology (AREA)
- Peptides Or Proteins (AREA)
- Preparation Of Compounds By Using Micro-Organisms (AREA)
- Micro-Organisms Or Cultivation Processes Thereof (AREA)
Abstract
Novel polypeptides, designated HVEM, are provided. Compositions including HVEM chimeras, nucleic acid encoding HVEM, and antibodies to HVEM are also provided.
Description
HVEM Poly,~_eotides and Uses Thereof FIELD OF THE INVENTION
'Fhe present invention relates generally to the identification, isolation, and recombinant production of polypeptides, designated herein as herpesvirus entry mediator ("HVEM") and to uses thereof.
BACKGROUND OF 'fHE INVENTION
Various molecules, such as tumor necrosis factor-a ("TNF-a"), tumor necrosis factor-[i ("TNF-[3" or "lymphotoxin"), CD30 ligand, CD27 ligand, C'D40 ligand, OX-40 ligand, 4-1 BB ligand, Apo-1 ligand (also referred to as Fas ligand or CD95 ligand), Tl!tAIL, and Apo-2 ligand have been identified as members of the tumor necrosis factor ("TNF") family of cytokines [See, e.g., Gruss and Dower, Blood, $5:3378-3404 (1995); Wiley et al., ~mmunitv, x:673-682 (1!395); Pitti et al., ,j,~Biol. Chem., X71:12687-12690 ( 1996)].
Induction of various cellular responses mediated by such TNF family cytokines is believed to be initiated by their binding to specific cell receptors. Two distinct TNF
receptors of approximately 55-kDa (T"NFRI) and 75-kDa (TNFR2) have been identified [Hohman et al., J. Biol.
Chem.) x:14927-14934 (1989);
1 S Brockhaus et al., oc. ,~latl. Acad. Sci., $2:3127-313 I ( 19'90); EP
417,563, published March 20, 1991 ] and human and mouse cDNAs corresponding to both receptor types have been isolated and characterized [Loetscher et al., Cue, ø1,:351 (1990); Schall et al., ~e , x::361 (1990);
Smith et al., Science) x$:1019-1023 ( I 990); Lewis et al.) hoc. Natl. Acad. Sci., $$:2830-2834 ( l 991 ); Goodwin et al., Mol. Cell. Biol., x:3020-3026 ( 199 I )]. Extensive polymorphisms have been associated with both TNF
receptor genes (see, e.g., Takao et al., Immu genetics, ~: t99-203 (1993)]. Both TNFRs share the typical structure of cell surface receptors including extracellular) transmembrane and intracellular regions. The extracellular portions of both receptors are found naturally also as soluble TNF-binding proteins ~Nophar, Y. et al., EMBO J., Q:3269 ( 1990); and Kohno, T. et al., [~c. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A., 87:8331 ( 1 f90)]. More recently, the cloning of recombinant soluble TNF receptors was reported by Hale et al. [J. Cell. I3,fochem.
Su~lement 15F, 1991, p. 113 (P424)].
The extracellular portion of type I and type 2 TNFRs (TNFR1 and TNFR2) contains a repetitive amino acid sequence pattern of four cysteine-rich .domains (CRDs) designated 1 through 4, starting from the NHS-terminus. Each CRD is about 40 amino acids long and contains 4 to 6 cysteine residues at positions which are well conserved [Schall et al., supra; Loetscher et al., sub; Smith et al., supra; Nophar et al."suvra; Kohno et al., supra]. In TNFR1, the approximate boundaries of the four CRDs are as follows:
CRDI- amino acids l4 to about 53; CRD2- amino acids from about 54 to about 97;
CRD3- amino acids from about 98 to about 138; CRD4- amino acids from about 139 to about 167. In TNFR2, CRD1 includes amino acids 17 to about 54; CRD2- amino acids from about 55 to about 97; CRD3- amino acids from about 98 to about 140; and CRD4- amino acids from about 141 to about 179 [Banner et al., Cue, 73:431-435 (1993)]. The potential rote of the CRDs in ligand binding is also described by Banner et al., supra.
A similar repetitive pattern of CRDs exists in several other cell-surface proteins, including the p75 nerve growth factor receptor (NGFR) [Johnson et al., ~g(j, 47:545 ( 1986); Radeke et al., Nature) x,"5:593 ( 1987)], the B cell antigen CD40 [Stamenkovic et al., EMBO J., _8:1403 ( 1989)], the T cell antigen OX40 [Mallet et al., EMBO J., Q:1063 (1990)] and the Fas antigen [Yonehara et al., and Itoh et al., ~g[I-, X6_:233-243 ( 199I )]. CRDs are also found in the soluble TNFR (sTNFR)-like T2 proteins of the Shope and myxoma poxviruses (Upton et al., Viroloev, ~Q:20-29 (1987); Smith et al., Biochem. Biophvs. Res. Commun., ]Zø:335 ( 1991 ); Upton et al., Vir to , ,)x:370 ( i 991 )J. Optimal alignment of these sequences indicates that the positions of the cysteine residues are welt conserved. These receptors are sometimes collectively referred to as members of the TNF/NGF receptor superfamily. Recent studies on p75NGFR
showed that the deletion of CRDI [Welcher, A.A, et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, $$:159-163 (1991)]
or a 5-amino acid insertion in this domain [Yan, H. and Chao, M.V., J. Biol. Chem., xø,ø:12099-12104 (1991)) had little or no effect on NGF binding (Yan, H. and Chao, M.V., ~J. p75 NGFR contains a proline-rich stretch of about 60 amino acids, between its CRD4 and transmembrane region, which is not involved in NGF
binding [Peetre, C. et al., Eur. J. Hematol., 41:414-419 (1988); Seckinger, P. et al., J. Biol. Chem., xø4_:1 i966-11973 (1989); Yan, H.
and Chao, M.V.) sunraJ. A similar proline-rich region is found in TNFR2 but not in TNFR1.
Itoh et al. disclose that the Apo-1 receptor can signal an apoptotic cell death similar to that signaled by the 55-kDa TNFR1 [Itoh et al., sunraJ. Expression of the Apo-1 antigen has also been reported to be down-regulated along with that of TNFR1 when cells are treated with either TNF-a or anti-Apo-1 mouse monoclonal antibody [Krammer et al., Curr. Op. Immunol., ø:279-289 (1994);
Nagata et al., Science, 1 S X7:1449-1456 ( 1995}J. Accordingly, some investigators have hypothesized that cell lines that co-express both Apo-1 and TNFR1 receptors may mediate cell killing through common signaling pathways [Id.J.
The TNF family ligands identified to date, with the exception of lymphotoxin-a, are type II transmembrarte proteins, whose C-terminus is extracellular. In contrast, the receptors in the TNF receptor (TNFR) family identified to date are type I transmembrane proteins. In both the TNF ligand and receptor families) however, homology identified between family members has been found mainly in the extracellular domain ("ECD"). Several of the TNF family cytokines, including TNF-a, Apo-1 ligand and CD40 ligand, are cleaved proteolytically at the cell surface; the resulting protein in each case typically forms a homotrimeric molecule that functions as a soluble cytokine. TNF receptor family proteins are also usually cleaved proteolytical ly to release soluble receptor ECDs that can function as inhibitors of the cognate cytokines.
Two of the TNFR family members, TNFR 1 and Fas/Apo 1 (CD95), play a role in inactivation of mature lymphocytes by triggering apoptotic cell death [Chinnaiyan and Dixit, Current Biology, 6_:555-562 (1996); Fraser and Evan, ~; 85:781-784 (1996); Nagata et al., ien e, ~C7:1449-1456 (1995}; Zheng et al., lYarure, ~7 ,:348-351 (1995)). TNFR1 is also known to mediate activation of the transcription factor, NF-tcB
[Tartaglia et ai., C'e , ,Z:845-853 ( 1993); Hsu et al.) Ce , X4:299-308 ( 1996)]. In addition to some ECD
homology, these two receptors share homology in their intracellular domain (ICD) in an oligomerization interface known as the death domain (Tartaglia et al., suoraJ. Death domains are also found in several metazoan proteins that regulate apoptosis, namely, the Drosophila protein, Reaper, and the mammalian proteins referred to as FADD/MORT1, TRADD, and RIP [Cleaveland and Ihle, Cell, ,8:479-482 (1995)]. Using the yeast-two hybrid system, Raven et al. report the identification of protein, wsl-1, which binds to the TNFRI
death domain [Raven et al., Programmed Cell Death Meeting, September 20-24, 1995, Abstract at page 127;
Raven et al., European Cytokine Network) 7:Abstr. 82 at page 210 (April-June 1996)]. The wsl-1 protein is described as being homologous to TNFRI (48% identity) and having a restricted tissue distribution. According to Raven et al., the tissue distribution of wsl-1 is significantly different from the TNFR1 binding protein, TRADD.
_2_ Upon ligand binding and receptor clustering, T'NFR1 and CD95 are believed to recruit FADD into a death-inducing signalling complex. CD95 purportedly binds FADD
directly, while TI~1FR1 binds FADD indirectly via TRADD [Chinnaiyan et al., ,~gl, ,$,x:505-512 (1995);
Boldin et al., J. Bioi. Chem., x:387-391 (1995); Hsu et al., supra; Chinnaiyan et al., J_ Biol. Chem., x:4961-4965 (1996)]. It has been S reported that FADD serves as an adaptor protein which recruits the thiol protease MACHa/FLICE into the death signalling complex (Boldin et al., ~, X5:803-81S (1996); Muzio et al., ~gj(, $,x:817-827 (1996)].
MACHa/FLICE appears to be the trigger that sets off a cascade of apoptotic proteases, including the interleukin-1 (i converting enzyme (ICE) and CPP32/Yamai, which may execute some critical aspects of the cell death programme [Fraser and Evan, sub].
As reviewed recently by Tewari et al., T'NFR1, TNFR2 and CD40 modulate the expression of proinflammatory and costimuiatory cytokines, cytokine receptors, and cell adhesion molecules through activation of the transcription factor, NF-KB [Tewari et al., Curr. O~Genet.
Develop.) ø:39-44 ( 1996)]. NF-xB is the prototype of a family of dimeric transcription factors whose subunits contain conserved Rel regions [Verma et al., Genes D~,veioo., x:2723-2735 {1996); Bald~win, Ann. Rev.
Immunol.) x:649-681 (1996)]. In its latent form, NF-xB is complexed with members of the IxB inhibitor family;
upon inactivation of the IxB
in response to certain stimuli, released NF-xB translocates to the nucleus where it binds to specific DNA
sequences and activates gene transcription. TNFR proteins may also regulate the AP-1 transcription factor family (Karin, ~,~iol. Chem., X1:16483-16486 {1995)]. AP-i represents a separate family of dimeric transcriptional activators composed of members of the Fos and Jun protein families [Karin, supra]. AP-1 activation is believed to be mediated by immediate-early induction of fps and jun through the mitogen-activated protein kinases ERK and JNK, as well as by JNK-dependent phosphorylation of Jun proteins (Karin, su~al.
Transcriptional regulation by ThIFR family members is mediated primarily by members of the TNF receptor associated factor (TRAF) family [Rothe et al., ~gj(, 78:681-692 ( 1994); Hsu et al., ~l , $4:299-308 ( 1996);
Liu et al., ~r , $~:S6S-S76 (1996)].
Montgomery et al. recently identified a member of the T'NFR family, called "HVEM"
[Montgomery et ai., ~((, X7:427-436 ( 1996)]. According to Montgomery et al., the HVEM mediated efficient entry of HSV-1 strains into CHO-K1 cells and ST cells and enhanced the entry of an HSV-2 strain. The nucleotide sequence of the HVEM cDNA and amino acid sequence of the open reading frame is described in Figure 2 of the Montgomery et al. reference.
For a review of the TNF family of cytokines and their receptors) see Gruss and Dower, supra.
SUMMARY OF THI: INVENT10N
Applicants have identified cDNA clones that encode polypeptides, designated in the present application as "HVEM." It is believed that HVEM is a member of the TNFR
family. Applicants found that transient transfection of HVEM into human 293 cells caused marked activation of certain transcription factors, suggesting that HVEM is involved in regulating gene expression in response to infectious stimuli and cellular stress. The predominant expression of HVEM mRNA in lymphocyte-rich tissues such as spleen and peripheral blood also suggests its role as a receptor in regulating lymphocyte activity.
In one embodiment, the invention provides isolated HVEM polypeptide. In particular, the invention provides isolated native sequence HVEM polypeptide, which in one embodiment, includes an amino acid sequence comprising residues 1 to 283 of Figure 1 (SEQ ID NO:1 ). In other embodiments, the isolated HVEM polypeptide comprises at least about 80% identity with native sequence HVEM polypeptide comprising residues 1 to 283 of Figure 1 (SEQ ID NO:1).
In another embodiment, the invention provides chimeric molecules comprising HVEM
polypeptide fused to a heterologous polypeptide or amino acid sequence. An example of such a chimeric molecule comprises an HVEM fused to an immunoglobulin sequence. Another example comprises an extracellular domain sequence of HVEM fused to a heterologous polypeptide or amino acid sequence, such as an immunoglobulin sequence.
In another embodiment, the invention provides an isolated nucleic acid molecule encoding HVEM polypeptide. In one aspect, the nucleic acid molecule is RNA or DNA that encodes an HVEM
polypeptide or a particular domain of HVEM, or is complementary to such encoding nucleic acid sequence, and remains stably bound to it under at least moderately stringent conditions and optionally, under stringent conditions. In one embodiment, the nucleic acid sequence is selected from:
(a) the coding region of the nucleic acid sequence of Figure 1 (SEQ ID N0:2) that codes for I 5 residue 1 to residue 283, inclusive; or (b) a sequence corresponding to the sequence of (a) within the scope of degeneracy of the genetic code.
In a further embodiment, the invention provides a vector comprising the nucleic acid molecule encoding the HVEM polypeptide or particular domain of HVEM. A host cell comprising the vector or the nucleic acid molecule is also provided. A method of producing HVEM is further provided.
In another embodiment, the invention provides an antibody which specifically binds to HVEM. The antibody may be an agonistic, antagonistic or neutralizing antibody.
In another embodiment, the invention provides non-human, transgenic or knock-out animals.
A further embodiment of the invention provides articles of manufacture and kits that include HVEM or HVEM antibodies.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
Figure 1 shows the nucleotide sequence of HVEM cDNA (SEQ ID N0:2) and its derived amino acid sequence (SEQ ID NO:I).
Figure 2 shows activation of NF-xB by ectopic expression of HVEM.
Figure 3 shows activation of AP-1 by ectopic expression of HVEM.
Figure 4 illustrates expression of HVEM mRNA in human tissues as determined by Northern blot hybridization.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE PREFERRED EMBODIMENTS
I. Definitions The terms "herpesvirus entry mediator" and "HVEM" when used herein encompass native sequence HVEM and HVEM variants (each of which is defined herein). These terms encompass HVEM from a variety of mammals, including humans. The HVEM may be isolated from a variety of sowces) such as from human tissue types or from another source, or prepared by recombinant or synthetic methods.
A "native sequence HVEM" comprises a polypeptide having the same amino acid sequence as an HVEM derived from nature. Thus, a native sequence HVEM can have the amino acid sequence of naturally-occurring HVEM from any mammal. Such native sequence HVEM can be isolated from nature or can be produced by recombinant or synthetic means. The term "native sequence HVEM" specifically S encompasses naturally-occurring truncated or secreted forms of the HVEM
(e.g., an extracellular domain sequence), naturally-occurring variant forms (e.g., alternatively spliced forms) and naturally-occurring allelic variants of the HVEM. A naturally-occurring variant form of the HVEM includes an HVEM having at codon 108, a serine or a threonine, and at codon 140, an alanine or an arginine, according to the sequence numbering shown in Figure 1. In one embodiment of the invention, the native sequence HVEM is a mature or full-length native sequence HVEM comprising the amino acid sequence of Figure I (SEQ ID
NO:1 ). The present definition of native sequence HVEM excludes known ES'f. sequences, such as GenBank AA021617.
"HVEM variant" means a biologically active HVEM having less than 100% sequence identity with HVEM having the deduced amino acid sequence shown in Figure 1 (SEQ ID NO:1) for a full-length native sequence HVEM. Such HVEM variants include, for instance, HVEM
polypeptides wherein one 1 S or more amino acid residues are added at the N- or C-terminus of, or within, the sequence of Figure I; from about one to 30 amino acid residues are deleted, or optionally substituted by one or more amino acid residues;
and derivatives thereof, wherein an amino acid residue has been covalently modified so that the resulting product has a non-naturally occurring amino acid. Ordinariily, an HVEM variant will have at least about 80%
sequence identity, more preferably at least about 90% sequence identity, and even more preferably at least about 9S% sequence identity with the sequence of Figure 1 (SEQ ID NO:I). The present definition of HVEM
variant excludes known EST sequences, such as GenBanb: AA021617.
The term "epitope tagged" when used herein refers to a chimeric polypeptide comprising HVEM, or a portion thereof, fused to a "tag polypeptide". 'fhe tag polypeptide has enough residues to provide an epitope against which an antibody can be made, yet is short enough such that it does not interfere with 2S activity of the HVEM. The Lag polypeptide preferably also is fairly unique so that the antibody does not substantially cross-react with other epitopes. Suitable tag polypeptides generally have at least six amino acid residues and usually between about 8 to about SO amino acid residues (preferably, between about 10 to about 20 residues}.
"Isolated," when used to describe the; various polypeptides disclosed herein, means polypeptide that has been identified and separated and/or recovered from a component of its natural environment. Contaminant components of its natural environment are materials that would typically interfere with diagnostic or therapeutic uses for the polypeptide, and may include enzymes, hormones) and other proteinaceous or non-proteinaceous solutes. In preferred embodiments, the polypeptide will be purified (1) to a degree sufficient to obtain at least 15 residues of N-terminal or internal amino acid sequence by use of a 3 S spinning cup sequenator, or (2) to homogeneity by SDS-PAGE under non-reducing or reducing conditions using Coomassie blue or, preferably, silver stain. Isolated polypeptide includes polypeptide in situ within recombinant cells, since at least one component of the :HVEM natural environment will not be present.
Ordinarily, however, isolated poiypeptide will be prepared by at least one purification step.
-S-An "isolated" HVEM nucleic acid molecule is a nucleic acid molecule that is identif ed and separated from at least one contaminant nucleic acid molecule with which it is ordinarily associated in the natural source of the HVEM nucleic acid. An isolated HVEM nucleic acid molecule is other than in the form or setting in which it is found in nature. Isolated HVEM nucleic acid molecules therefore are distinguished from the HVEM nucleic acid molecule as it exists in natural cells. However, an isolated HVEM nucleic acid molecule includes HVEM nucleic acid molecules contained in cells that ordinarily express HVEM where, for example, the nucleic acid molecule is in a chromosomal location different from that of natural cells.
The term "control sequences" refers to DNA sequences necessary for the expression of an operably linked coding sequence in a particular host organism. The control sequences that are suitable for prokaryotes, for example, include a promoter, optionally an operator sequence, and a ribosome binding site.
Eukaryotic cells are known to utilize promoters, polyadenylation signals, and enhancers.
Nucleic acid is "operably linked" when it is placed into a functional relationship with another nucleic acid sequence. For example, DNA for a presequence or secretory leader is operably linked to DNA
for a polypeptide if it is expressed as a preprotein that participates in the secretion of the polypeptide; a promoter or enhancer is operably linked to a coding sequence if it affects the transcription of the sequence: or a ribosome binding site is operably linked to a coding sequence if it is positioned so as to facilitate translation.
Generally, "operably linked" means that the DNA sequences being linked are contiguous, and, in the case of a secretory leader) contiguous and in reading phase. However, enhancers do not have to be contiguous.
Linking is accomplished by ligation at convenient restriction sites. If such sites do not exist, the synthetic oligonucleotide adaptors or linkers are used in accordance with conventional practice.
The term "antibody" is used in the broadest sense and specifically covers single anti-HVEM
monoclonal antibodies (including agonist, antagonist, and neutralizing antibodies) and anti-HVEM antibody compositions with polyepitopic specificity.
The term "monoclonal antibody" as used herein refers to an antibody obtained from a population of substantially homogeneous antibodies) i.e., the individual antibodies comprising the population are identical except for possible naturally-occurring mutations that may be present in minor amounts.
Monoclonal antibodies are highly specific) being directed against a single antigenic site. Furthermore, in contrast to conventional (polyclonal) antibody preparations which typical ly include different antibodies directed against different determinants (epitopes), each monoclonal antibody is directed against a single determinant on the antigen.
The monoclonal antibodies herein include hybrid and recombinant antibodies produced by splicing a variable (including hypervariable) domain of an anti-HVEM antibody with a constant domain (e.g.
"humanized" antibodies), or a light chain with a heavy chain, or a chain from one species with a chain from another species, or fusions with heterologous proteins, regardless of species of origin or immunoglobulin class or subclass designation, as well as antibody fragments (e.g., Fab, F(ab')2, and Fv), so long as they exhibit the desired biological activity. See, e.g. U.S. Pat. No. 4,816,567 and Mage et al., in Monoclonal Antibody Production Techniques and Applications, pp.79-97 (Marcel Dekker, Inc.: New York, 198?).
Thus, the modifier "monoclonal" indicates the character of the antibody as being obtained from a substantially homogeneous population of antibodies, and is not to be construed as requiring production of the antibody by any particular method. For example, the monoclonal antibodies to be used in accordance with the present invention may be made by the hybridoma method first described by Kohler and Milstein, Na r , xø:495 (1975), or may be made by recombinant DNA methods such as described in U.S. Pat. No.
4,816,567. The "monoclonal antibodies" may also be isolated from phage libraries generated using the techniques described in McCaffetty et al., Nature, x$:552-554 ( 1990), for example.
"Humanized" forms of non-human (e.g. murine) antibodies are specific chimeric immunoglobulins, immunoglobulin chains, or fragments thereof (such as Fv, Fab, Fab', F(ab')2 or other antigen-binding subsequences of antibodies) which contain rninimal sequence derived from non-human immunoglobulin. For the most part, humanized antibodies a~~e human immunoglobulins (recipient antibody) in which residues from a complementary detettrtining region (CDR) of the recipient are replaced by residues from a CDR of a non-human species (donor antibody) such as mouse, rat, or rabbit having the desired specificity, affinity, and capacity. In some instances, Fv framework region (FR) residues of the human immunoglobulin are replaced by corresponding non-human .residues. Furthermore, the humanized antibody may comprise residues which are found neither in the recipient antibody nor in the imported CDR or framework I S sequences. These modifications are made to further refine and optimize antibody performance. In general, the humanized antibody will comprise substantially all of at least one, and typically two, variable domains, in which all or substantially all of the CDR regions correspond to those of a non-human immunoglobulin and all or substantially all of the FR regions are those of a human immunoglobulin consensus sequence. The humanized antibody optimally also will comprise at least a portion of an immunoglobulin constant region or domain (Fc), typically that of a human immunoglobulin.
The terms "treating," "treatment," and "therapy" as used herein refer to curative therapy, prophylactic therapy, and preventative therapy.
The term "mammal" as used herein refers to any mammal classified as a mammal) including humans, cows, horses, dogs and cats. In a preferred embodiment of the invention, the mammal is a human.
II. Com~Qsitions and Methods of the Inventi~Qn_ The present invention provides newly identified and isolated HVEM
polypeptides. In one embodiment, the HVEM comprises the amino acid sequence shown in Figure 1 (SEQ
ID NO:1). Optionally, in the extracellular region, codon l08 (using the sequence numbering of Figure 1 ) encodes a serine or threonine and codon 140 encodes an alanine or arginine. Typically, the: HVEM does not include a death domain in the cytoplasmic region of the poiypeptide.
The properties and characteristics of HVEPrI polypeptides are described in further detail in the Examples below. Based upon the properties and characteristics of the HVEM
polypeptides disclosed herein, it is Applicants' present belief that HVEM is a member of the TNFR
family.
A description follows as to how HVEM, .as well as HVEM chimeric molecules and anti-HVEM antibodies, may be prepared.
A. Preparation of HVEM
The description below relates primarily to production of HVEM by culturing cells transformed or transfected with a vector containing HVEM nucleic acid. It is of course, contemplated that alternative methods, which are well known in the art) may be employed to prepare HVEM.
_7_ The DNA encoding HVEM may be obtained from any cDNA library prepared from tissue believed to possess the HVEM mRNA and to express it at a detectable level.
Accordingly, human HVEM
DNA can be conveniently obtained from a cDNA library prepared from human tissues, such as the bacteriophage libraries of human retinal cDNA described in Example 1. The HVEM-encoding gene may also be obtained from a genomic library or by oligonucleotide synthesis.
Libraries can be screened with probes (such as antibodies to the HVEM or oligonucleotides of at least about 20-80 bases) designed to identify the gene of interest or the protein encoded by it. Screening the cDNA or genomic library with the selected probe may be conducted using standard procedures, such as described in Sambrook et al., Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual (New York: Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, 1989). An alternative means to isolate the gene encoding HVEM is to use PCR methodology [Sambrook et al., supra; Dieffenbach et al., PCR Primer:A Laboratory Manual (Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, 1995)].
A preferred method ofscreening employs selected oligonucleotide sequences to screen cDNA
libraries from various human tissues. Example 1 below describes techniques for screening a cDNA library with an oligonucleotide probe. The oligonucleotide sequences selected as probes should be of sufficient length and su~ciently unambiguous that false positives are minimized. The oligonucleotide is preferably labeled such that it can be detected upon hybridization to DNA in the library being screened. Methods of labeling are well known in the art, and include the use of radiolabels like 32P-labeled ATP, biotinylation or enzyme labeling.
Nucleic acid having all the protein coding sequence may be obtained by screening selected cDNA or genomic libraries using the deduced amino acid sequence disclosed herein for the first time, and, if necessary, using conventional primer extension procedures as described in Sambrook et al., supra, to detect precursors and processing intermediates of mRNA that may not have been reverse-transcribed into cDNA.
HVEM variants can be prepared by introducing appropriate nucleotide changes into the HVEM DNA) or by synthesis of the desired HVEM polypeptide. Those skilled in the art will appreciate that amino acid changes may alter post-transiational processes of the HVEM, such as changing the number or position of glycosylation sites or altering the membrane anchoring characteristics.
Variations in the native sequence HVEM as described above can be made using any of the techniques and guidelines for conservative and non-conservative mutations set forth in U.S. Pat. No. 5,364,934.
These include oligonucleotide-mediated (site-directed) mutagenesis, aianine scanning, and PCR mutagenesis.
'Fhe present invention relates generally to the identification, isolation, and recombinant production of polypeptides, designated herein as herpesvirus entry mediator ("HVEM") and to uses thereof.
BACKGROUND OF 'fHE INVENTION
Various molecules, such as tumor necrosis factor-a ("TNF-a"), tumor necrosis factor-[i ("TNF-[3" or "lymphotoxin"), CD30 ligand, CD27 ligand, C'D40 ligand, OX-40 ligand, 4-1 BB ligand, Apo-1 ligand (also referred to as Fas ligand or CD95 ligand), Tl!tAIL, and Apo-2 ligand have been identified as members of the tumor necrosis factor ("TNF") family of cytokines [See, e.g., Gruss and Dower, Blood, $5:3378-3404 (1995); Wiley et al., ~mmunitv, x:673-682 (1!395); Pitti et al., ,j,~Biol. Chem., X71:12687-12690 ( 1996)].
Induction of various cellular responses mediated by such TNF family cytokines is believed to be initiated by their binding to specific cell receptors. Two distinct TNF
receptors of approximately 55-kDa (T"NFRI) and 75-kDa (TNFR2) have been identified [Hohman et al., J. Biol.
Chem.) x:14927-14934 (1989);
1 S Brockhaus et al., oc. ,~latl. Acad. Sci., $2:3127-313 I ( 19'90); EP
417,563, published March 20, 1991 ] and human and mouse cDNAs corresponding to both receptor types have been isolated and characterized [Loetscher et al., Cue, ø1,:351 (1990); Schall et al., ~e , x::361 (1990);
Smith et al., Science) x$:1019-1023 ( I 990); Lewis et al.) hoc. Natl. Acad. Sci., $$:2830-2834 ( l 991 ); Goodwin et al., Mol. Cell. Biol., x:3020-3026 ( 199 I )]. Extensive polymorphisms have been associated with both TNF
receptor genes (see, e.g., Takao et al., Immu genetics, ~: t99-203 (1993)]. Both TNFRs share the typical structure of cell surface receptors including extracellular) transmembrane and intracellular regions. The extracellular portions of both receptors are found naturally also as soluble TNF-binding proteins ~Nophar, Y. et al., EMBO J., Q:3269 ( 1990); and Kohno, T. et al., [~c. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A., 87:8331 ( 1 f90)]. More recently, the cloning of recombinant soluble TNF receptors was reported by Hale et al. [J. Cell. I3,fochem.
Su~lement 15F, 1991, p. 113 (P424)].
The extracellular portion of type I and type 2 TNFRs (TNFR1 and TNFR2) contains a repetitive amino acid sequence pattern of four cysteine-rich .domains (CRDs) designated 1 through 4, starting from the NHS-terminus. Each CRD is about 40 amino acids long and contains 4 to 6 cysteine residues at positions which are well conserved [Schall et al., supra; Loetscher et al., sub; Smith et al., supra; Nophar et al."suvra; Kohno et al., supra]. In TNFR1, the approximate boundaries of the four CRDs are as follows:
CRDI- amino acids l4 to about 53; CRD2- amino acids from about 54 to about 97;
CRD3- amino acids from about 98 to about 138; CRD4- amino acids from about 139 to about 167. In TNFR2, CRD1 includes amino acids 17 to about 54; CRD2- amino acids from about 55 to about 97; CRD3- amino acids from about 98 to about 140; and CRD4- amino acids from about 141 to about 179 [Banner et al., Cue, 73:431-435 (1993)]. The potential rote of the CRDs in ligand binding is also described by Banner et al., supra.
A similar repetitive pattern of CRDs exists in several other cell-surface proteins, including the p75 nerve growth factor receptor (NGFR) [Johnson et al., ~g(j, 47:545 ( 1986); Radeke et al., Nature) x,"5:593 ( 1987)], the B cell antigen CD40 [Stamenkovic et al., EMBO J., _8:1403 ( 1989)], the T cell antigen OX40 [Mallet et al., EMBO J., Q:1063 (1990)] and the Fas antigen [Yonehara et al., and Itoh et al., ~g[I-, X6_:233-243 ( 199I )]. CRDs are also found in the soluble TNFR (sTNFR)-like T2 proteins of the Shope and myxoma poxviruses (Upton et al., Viroloev, ~Q:20-29 (1987); Smith et al., Biochem. Biophvs. Res. Commun., ]Zø:335 ( 1991 ); Upton et al., Vir to , ,)x:370 ( i 991 )J. Optimal alignment of these sequences indicates that the positions of the cysteine residues are welt conserved. These receptors are sometimes collectively referred to as members of the TNF/NGF receptor superfamily. Recent studies on p75NGFR
showed that the deletion of CRDI [Welcher, A.A, et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, $$:159-163 (1991)]
or a 5-amino acid insertion in this domain [Yan, H. and Chao, M.V., J. Biol. Chem., xø,ø:12099-12104 (1991)) had little or no effect on NGF binding (Yan, H. and Chao, M.V., ~J. p75 NGFR contains a proline-rich stretch of about 60 amino acids, between its CRD4 and transmembrane region, which is not involved in NGF
binding [Peetre, C. et al., Eur. J. Hematol., 41:414-419 (1988); Seckinger, P. et al., J. Biol. Chem., xø4_:1 i966-11973 (1989); Yan, H.
and Chao, M.V.) sunraJ. A similar proline-rich region is found in TNFR2 but not in TNFR1.
Itoh et al. disclose that the Apo-1 receptor can signal an apoptotic cell death similar to that signaled by the 55-kDa TNFR1 [Itoh et al., sunraJ. Expression of the Apo-1 antigen has also been reported to be down-regulated along with that of TNFR1 when cells are treated with either TNF-a or anti-Apo-1 mouse monoclonal antibody [Krammer et al., Curr. Op. Immunol., ø:279-289 (1994);
Nagata et al., Science, 1 S X7:1449-1456 ( 1995}J. Accordingly, some investigators have hypothesized that cell lines that co-express both Apo-1 and TNFR1 receptors may mediate cell killing through common signaling pathways [Id.J.
The TNF family ligands identified to date, with the exception of lymphotoxin-a, are type II transmembrarte proteins, whose C-terminus is extracellular. In contrast, the receptors in the TNF receptor (TNFR) family identified to date are type I transmembrane proteins. In both the TNF ligand and receptor families) however, homology identified between family members has been found mainly in the extracellular domain ("ECD"). Several of the TNF family cytokines, including TNF-a, Apo-1 ligand and CD40 ligand, are cleaved proteolytically at the cell surface; the resulting protein in each case typically forms a homotrimeric molecule that functions as a soluble cytokine. TNF receptor family proteins are also usually cleaved proteolytical ly to release soluble receptor ECDs that can function as inhibitors of the cognate cytokines.
Two of the TNFR family members, TNFR 1 and Fas/Apo 1 (CD95), play a role in inactivation of mature lymphocytes by triggering apoptotic cell death [Chinnaiyan and Dixit, Current Biology, 6_:555-562 (1996); Fraser and Evan, ~; 85:781-784 (1996); Nagata et al., ien e, ~C7:1449-1456 (1995}; Zheng et al., lYarure, ~7 ,:348-351 (1995)). TNFR1 is also known to mediate activation of the transcription factor, NF-tcB
[Tartaglia et ai., C'e , ,Z:845-853 ( 1993); Hsu et al.) Ce , X4:299-308 ( 1996)]. In addition to some ECD
homology, these two receptors share homology in their intracellular domain (ICD) in an oligomerization interface known as the death domain (Tartaglia et al., suoraJ. Death domains are also found in several metazoan proteins that regulate apoptosis, namely, the Drosophila protein, Reaper, and the mammalian proteins referred to as FADD/MORT1, TRADD, and RIP [Cleaveland and Ihle, Cell, ,8:479-482 (1995)]. Using the yeast-two hybrid system, Raven et al. report the identification of protein, wsl-1, which binds to the TNFRI
death domain [Raven et al., Programmed Cell Death Meeting, September 20-24, 1995, Abstract at page 127;
Raven et al., European Cytokine Network) 7:Abstr. 82 at page 210 (April-June 1996)]. The wsl-1 protein is described as being homologous to TNFRI (48% identity) and having a restricted tissue distribution. According to Raven et al., the tissue distribution of wsl-1 is significantly different from the TNFR1 binding protein, TRADD.
_2_ Upon ligand binding and receptor clustering, T'NFR1 and CD95 are believed to recruit FADD into a death-inducing signalling complex. CD95 purportedly binds FADD
directly, while TI~1FR1 binds FADD indirectly via TRADD [Chinnaiyan et al., ,~gl, ,$,x:505-512 (1995);
Boldin et al., J. Bioi. Chem., x:387-391 (1995); Hsu et al., supra; Chinnaiyan et al., J_ Biol. Chem., x:4961-4965 (1996)]. It has been S reported that FADD serves as an adaptor protein which recruits the thiol protease MACHa/FLICE into the death signalling complex (Boldin et al., ~, X5:803-81S (1996); Muzio et al., ~gj(, $,x:817-827 (1996)].
MACHa/FLICE appears to be the trigger that sets off a cascade of apoptotic proteases, including the interleukin-1 (i converting enzyme (ICE) and CPP32/Yamai, which may execute some critical aspects of the cell death programme [Fraser and Evan, sub].
As reviewed recently by Tewari et al., T'NFR1, TNFR2 and CD40 modulate the expression of proinflammatory and costimuiatory cytokines, cytokine receptors, and cell adhesion molecules through activation of the transcription factor, NF-KB [Tewari et al., Curr. O~Genet.
Develop.) ø:39-44 ( 1996)]. NF-xB is the prototype of a family of dimeric transcription factors whose subunits contain conserved Rel regions [Verma et al., Genes D~,veioo., x:2723-2735 {1996); Bald~win, Ann. Rev.
Immunol.) x:649-681 (1996)]. In its latent form, NF-xB is complexed with members of the IxB inhibitor family;
upon inactivation of the IxB
in response to certain stimuli, released NF-xB translocates to the nucleus where it binds to specific DNA
sequences and activates gene transcription. TNFR proteins may also regulate the AP-1 transcription factor family (Karin, ~,~iol. Chem., X1:16483-16486 {1995)]. AP-i represents a separate family of dimeric transcriptional activators composed of members of the Fos and Jun protein families [Karin, supra]. AP-1 activation is believed to be mediated by immediate-early induction of fps and jun through the mitogen-activated protein kinases ERK and JNK, as well as by JNK-dependent phosphorylation of Jun proteins (Karin, su~al.
Transcriptional regulation by ThIFR family members is mediated primarily by members of the TNF receptor associated factor (TRAF) family [Rothe et al., ~gj(, 78:681-692 ( 1994); Hsu et al., ~l , $4:299-308 ( 1996);
Liu et al., ~r , $~:S6S-S76 (1996)].
Montgomery et al. recently identified a member of the T'NFR family, called "HVEM"
[Montgomery et ai., ~((, X7:427-436 ( 1996)]. According to Montgomery et al., the HVEM mediated efficient entry of HSV-1 strains into CHO-K1 cells and ST cells and enhanced the entry of an HSV-2 strain. The nucleotide sequence of the HVEM cDNA and amino acid sequence of the open reading frame is described in Figure 2 of the Montgomery et al. reference.
For a review of the TNF family of cytokines and their receptors) see Gruss and Dower, supra.
SUMMARY OF THI: INVENT10N
Applicants have identified cDNA clones that encode polypeptides, designated in the present application as "HVEM." It is believed that HVEM is a member of the TNFR
family. Applicants found that transient transfection of HVEM into human 293 cells caused marked activation of certain transcription factors, suggesting that HVEM is involved in regulating gene expression in response to infectious stimuli and cellular stress. The predominant expression of HVEM mRNA in lymphocyte-rich tissues such as spleen and peripheral blood also suggests its role as a receptor in regulating lymphocyte activity.
In one embodiment, the invention provides isolated HVEM polypeptide. In particular, the invention provides isolated native sequence HVEM polypeptide, which in one embodiment, includes an amino acid sequence comprising residues 1 to 283 of Figure 1 (SEQ ID NO:1 ). In other embodiments, the isolated HVEM polypeptide comprises at least about 80% identity with native sequence HVEM polypeptide comprising residues 1 to 283 of Figure 1 (SEQ ID NO:1).
In another embodiment, the invention provides chimeric molecules comprising HVEM
polypeptide fused to a heterologous polypeptide or amino acid sequence. An example of such a chimeric molecule comprises an HVEM fused to an immunoglobulin sequence. Another example comprises an extracellular domain sequence of HVEM fused to a heterologous polypeptide or amino acid sequence, such as an immunoglobulin sequence.
In another embodiment, the invention provides an isolated nucleic acid molecule encoding HVEM polypeptide. In one aspect, the nucleic acid molecule is RNA or DNA that encodes an HVEM
polypeptide or a particular domain of HVEM, or is complementary to such encoding nucleic acid sequence, and remains stably bound to it under at least moderately stringent conditions and optionally, under stringent conditions. In one embodiment, the nucleic acid sequence is selected from:
(a) the coding region of the nucleic acid sequence of Figure 1 (SEQ ID N0:2) that codes for I 5 residue 1 to residue 283, inclusive; or (b) a sequence corresponding to the sequence of (a) within the scope of degeneracy of the genetic code.
In a further embodiment, the invention provides a vector comprising the nucleic acid molecule encoding the HVEM polypeptide or particular domain of HVEM. A host cell comprising the vector or the nucleic acid molecule is also provided. A method of producing HVEM is further provided.
In another embodiment, the invention provides an antibody which specifically binds to HVEM. The antibody may be an agonistic, antagonistic or neutralizing antibody.
In another embodiment, the invention provides non-human, transgenic or knock-out animals.
A further embodiment of the invention provides articles of manufacture and kits that include HVEM or HVEM antibodies.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
Figure 1 shows the nucleotide sequence of HVEM cDNA (SEQ ID N0:2) and its derived amino acid sequence (SEQ ID NO:I).
Figure 2 shows activation of NF-xB by ectopic expression of HVEM.
Figure 3 shows activation of AP-1 by ectopic expression of HVEM.
Figure 4 illustrates expression of HVEM mRNA in human tissues as determined by Northern blot hybridization.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE PREFERRED EMBODIMENTS
I. Definitions The terms "herpesvirus entry mediator" and "HVEM" when used herein encompass native sequence HVEM and HVEM variants (each of which is defined herein). These terms encompass HVEM from a variety of mammals, including humans. The HVEM may be isolated from a variety of sowces) such as from human tissue types or from another source, or prepared by recombinant or synthetic methods.
A "native sequence HVEM" comprises a polypeptide having the same amino acid sequence as an HVEM derived from nature. Thus, a native sequence HVEM can have the amino acid sequence of naturally-occurring HVEM from any mammal. Such native sequence HVEM can be isolated from nature or can be produced by recombinant or synthetic means. The term "native sequence HVEM" specifically S encompasses naturally-occurring truncated or secreted forms of the HVEM
(e.g., an extracellular domain sequence), naturally-occurring variant forms (e.g., alternatively spliced forms) and naturally-occurring allelic variants of the HVEM. A naturally-occurring variant form of the HVEM includes an HVEM having at codon 108, a serine or a threonine, and at codon 140, an alanine or an arginine, according to the sequence numbering shown in Figure 1. In one embodiment of the invention, the native sequence HVEM is a mature or full-length native sequence HVEM comprising the amino acid sequence of Figure I (SEQ ID
NO:1 ). The present definition of native sequence HVEM excludes known ES'f. sequences, such as GenBank AA021617.
"HVEM variant" means a biologically active HVEM having less than 100% sequence identity with HVEM having the deduced amino acid sequence shown in Figure 1 (SEQ ID NO:1) for a full-length native sequence HVEM. Such HVEM variants include, for instance, HVEM
polypeptides wherein one 1 S or more amino acid residues are added at the N- or C-terminus of, or within, the sequence of Figure I; from about one to 30 amino acid residues are deleted, or optionally substituted by one or more amino acid residues;
and derivatives thereof, wherein an amino acid residue has been covalently modified so that the resulting product has a non-naturally occurring amino acid. Ordinariily, an HVEM variant will have at least about 80%
sequence identity, more preferably at least about 90% sequence identity, and even more preferably at least about 9S% sequence identity with the sequence of Figure 1 (SEQ ID NO:I). The present definition of HVEM
variant excludes known EST sequences, such as GenBanb: AA021617.
The term "epitope tagged" when used herein refers to a chimeric polypeptide comprising HVEM, or a portion thereof, fused to a "tag polypeptide". 'fhe tag polypeptide has enough residues to provide an epitope against which an antibody can be made, yet is short enough such that it does not interfere with 2S activity of the HVEM. The Lag polypeptide preferably also is fairly unique so that the antibody does not substantially cross-react with other epitopes. Suitable tag polypeptides generally have at least six amino acid residues and usually between about 8 to about SO amino acid residues (preferably, between about 10 to about 20 residues}.
"Isolated," when used to describe the; various polypeptides disclosed herein, means polypeptide that has been identified and separated and/or recovered from a component of its natural environment. Contaminant components of its natural environment are materials that would typically interfere with diagnostic or therapeutic uses for the polypeptide, and may include enzymes, hormones) and other proteinaceous or non-proteinaceous solutes. In preferred embodiments, the polypeptide will be purified (1) to a degree sufficient to obtain at least 15 residues of N-terminal or internal amino acid sequence by use of a 3 S spinning cup sequenator, or (2) to homogeneity by SDS-PAGE under non-reducing or reducing conditions using Coomassie blue or, preferably, silver stain. Isolated polypeptide includes polypeptide in situ within recombinant cells, since at least one component of the :HVEM natural environment will not be present.
Ordinarily, however, isolated poiypeptide will be prepared by at least one purification step.
-S-An "isolated" HVEM nucleic acid molecule is a nucleic acid molecule that is identif ed and separated from at least one contaminant nucleic acid molecule with which it is ordinarily associated in the natural source of the HVEM nucleic acid. An isolated HVEM nucleic acid molecule is other than in the form or setting in which it is found in nature. Isolated HVEM nucleic acid molecules therefore are distinguished from the HVEM nucleic acid molecule as it exists in natural cells. However, an isolated HVEM nucleic acid molecule includes HVEM nucleic acid molecules contained in cells that ordinarily express HVEM where, for example, the nucleic acid molecule is in a chromosomal location different from that of natural cells.
The term "control sequences" refers to DNA sequences necessary for the expression of an operably linked coding sequence in a particular host organism. The control sequences that are suitable for prokaryotes, for example, include a promoter, optionally an operator sequence, and a ribosome binding site.
Eukaryotic cells are known to utilize promoters, polyadenylation signals, and enhancers.
Nucleic acid is "operably linked" when it is placed into a functional relationship with another nucleic acid sequence. For example, DNA for a presequence or secretory leader is operably linked to DNA
for a polypeptide if it is expressed as a preprotein that participates in the secretion of the polypeptide; a promoter or enhancer is operably linked to a coding sequence if it affects the transcription of the sequence: or a ribosome binding site is operably linked to a coding sequence if it is positioned so as to facilitate translation.
Generally, "operably linked" means that the DNA sequences being linked are contiguous, and, in the case of a secretory leader) contiguous and in reading phase. However, enhancers do not have to be contiguous.
Linking is accomplished by ligation at convenient restriction sites. If such sites do not exist, the synthetic oligonucleotide adaptors or linkers are used in accordance with conventional practice.
The term "antibody" is used in the broadest sense and specifically covers single anti-HVEM
monoclonal antibodies (including agonist, antagonist, and neutralizing antibodies) and anti-HVEM antibody compositions with polyepitopic specificity.
The term "monoclonal antibody" as used herein refers to an antibody obtained from a population of substantially homogeneous antibodies) i.e., the individual antibodies comprising the population are identical except for possible naturally-occurring mutations that may be present in minor amounts.
Monoclonal antibodies are highly specific) being directed against a single antigenic site. Furthermore, in contrast to conventional (polyclonal) antibody preparations which typical ly include different antibodies directed against different determinants (epitopes), each monoclonal antibody is directed against a single determinant on the antigen.
The monoclonal antibodies herein include hybrid and recombinant antibodies produced by splicing a variable (including hypervariable) domain of an anti-HVEM antibody with a constant domain (e.g.
"humanized" antibodies), or a light chain with a heavy chain, or a chain from one species with a chain from another species, or fusions with heterologous proteins, regardless of species of origin or immunoglobulin class or subclass designation, as well as antibody fragments (e.g., Fab, F(ab')2, and Fv), so long as they exhibit the desired biological activity. See, e.g. U.S. Pat. No. 4,816,567 and Mage et al., in Monoclonal Antibody Production Techniques and Applications, pp.79-97 (Marcel Dekker, Inc.: New York, 198?).
Thus, the modifier "monoclonal" indicates the character of the antibody as being obtained from a substantially homogeneous population of antibodies, and is not to be construed as requiring production of the antibody by any particular method. For example, the monoclonal antibodies to be used in accordance with the present invention may be made by the hybridoma method first described by Kohler and Milstein, Na r , xø:495 (1975), or may be made by recombinant DNA methods such as described in U.S. Pat. No.
4,816,567. The "monoclonal antibodies" may also be isolated from phage libraries generated using the techniques described in McCaffetty et al., Nature, x$:552-554 ( 1990), for example.
"Humanized" forms of non-human (e.g. murine) antibodies are specific chimeric immunoglobulins, immunoglobulin chains, or fragments thereof (such as Fv, Fab, Fab', F(ab')2 or other antigen-binding subsequences of antibodies) which contain rninimal sequence derived from non-human immunoglobulin. For the most part, humanized antibodies a~~e human immunoglobulins (recipient antibody) in which residues from a complementary detettrtining region (CDR) of the recipient are replaced by residues from a CDR of a non-human species (donor antibody) such as mouse, rat, or rabbit having the desired specificity, affinity, and capacity. In some instances, Fv framework region (FR) residues of the human immunoglobulin are replaced by corresponding non-human .residues. Furthermore, the humanized antibody may comprise residues which are found neither in the recipient antibody nor in the imported CDR or framework I S sequences. These modifications are made to further refine and optimize antibody performance. In general, the humanized antibody will comprise substantially all of at least one, and typically two, variable domains, in which all or substantially all of the CDR regions correspond to those of a non-human immunoglobulin and all or substantially all of the FR regions are those of a human immunoglobulin consensus sequence. The humanized antibody optimally also will comprise at least a portion of an immunoglobulin constant region or domain (Fc), typically that of a human immunoglobulin.
The terms "treating," "treatment," and "therapy" as used herein refer to curative therapy, prophylactic therapy, and preventative therapy.
The term "mammal" as used herein refers to any mammal classified as a mammal) including humans, cows, horses, dogs and cats. In a preferred embodiment of the invention, the mammal is a human.
II. Com~Qsitions and Methods of the Inventi~Qn_ The present invention provides newly identified and isolated HVEM
polypeptides. In one embodiment, the HVEM comprises the amino acid sequence shown in Figure 1 (SEQ
ID NO:1). Optionally, in the extracellular region, codon l08 (using the sequence numbering of Figure 1 ) encodes a serine or threonine and codon 140 encodes an alanine or arginine. Typically, the: HVEM does not include a death domain in the cytoplasmic region of the poiypeptide.
The properties and characteristics of HVEPrI polypeptides are described in further detail in the Examples below. Based upon the properties and characteristics of the HVEM
polypeptides disclosed herein, it is Applicants' present belief that HVEM is a member of the TNFR
family.
A description follows as to how HVEM, .as well as HVEM chimeric molecules and anti-HVEM antibodies, may be prepared.
A. Preparation of HVEM
The description below relates primarily to production of HVEM by culturing cells transformed or transfected with a vector containing HVEM nucleic acid. It is of course, contemplated that alternative methods, which are well known in the art) may be employed to prepare HVEM.
_7_ The DNA encoding HVEM may be obtained from any cDNA library prepared from tissue believed to possess the HVEM mRNA and to express it at a detectable level.
Accordingly, human HVEM
DNA can be conveniently obtained from a cDNA library prepared from human tissues, such as the bacteriophage libraries of human retinal cDNA described in Example 1. The HVEM-encoding gene may also be obtained from a genomic library or by oligonucleotide synthesis.
Libraries can be screened with probes (such as antibodies to the HVEM or oligonucleotides of at least about 20-80 bases) designed to identify the gene of interest or the protein encoded by it. Screening the cDNA or genomic library with the selected probe may be conducted using standard procedures, such as described in Sambrook et al., Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual (New York: Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, 1989). An alternative means to isolate the gene encoding HVEM is to use PCR methodology [Sambrook et al., supra; Dieffenbach et al., PCR Primer:A Laboratory Manual (Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, 1995)].
A preferred method ofscreening employs selected oligonucleotide sequences to screen cDNA
libraries from various human tissues. Example 1 below describes techniques for screening a cDNA library with an oligonucleotide probe. The oligonucleotide sequences selected as probes should be of sufficient length and su~ciently unambiguous that false positives are minimized. The oligonucleotide is preferably labeled such that it can be detected upon hybridization to DNA in the library being screened. Methods of labeling are well known in the art, and include the use of radiolabels like 32P-labeled ATP, biotinylation or enzyme labeling.
Nucleic acid having all the protein coding sequence may be obtained by screening selected cDNA or genomic libraries using the deduced amino acid sequence disclosed herein for the first time, and, if necessary, using conventional primer extension procedures as described in Sambrook et al., supra, to detect precursors and processing intermediates of mRNA that may not have been reverse-transcribed into cDNA.
HVEM variants can be prepared by introducing appropriate nucleotide changes into the HVEM DNA) or by synthesis of the desired HVEM polypeptide. Those skilled in the art will appreciate that amino acid changes may alter post-transiational processes of the HVEM, such as changing the number or position of glycosylation sites or altering the membrane anchoring characteristics.
Variations in the native sequence HVEM as described above can be made using any of the techniques and guidelines for conservative and non-conservative mutations set forth in U.S. Pat. No. 5,364,934.
These include oligonucleotide-mediated (site-directed) mutagenesis, aianine scanning, and PCR mutagenesis.
2. ~ntertinn of Nucleic Acid into A Replicable Vector The nucleic acid (e.g., cDNA or genomic DNA) encoding HVEM may be inserted into a replicable vector for further cloning (amplification of the DNA) or for expression. Various vectors are publicly available. The vector components generally include, but are not limited to, one or more of the following: a signal sequence, an origin of replication, one or more marker genes, an enhancer element, a promoter, and a transcription termination sequence, each of which is described below.
(i) ~,ienal Sequence Component The HVEM may be produced recombinantly not only directly, but also as a fusion polypeptide with a heterologous polypeptide, which may be a signal sequence or other polypeptide having a _g_ specific cleavage site at the N-terminus of the mature protein or polypeptide.
In general. the signal sequence may be a component of the vector, or it may be a part of the HVEM DNA that is inserted into the vector. The heterologous signal sequence selected preferably is one that is recognized and processed (i.e., cleaved by a signal peptidase) by the host cell. The signal sequence may be a prokaryotic signal sequence selected, for example, from the group of the alkaline phosphatase, penicillinase, lpp, or heat-stable enterotoxin II leaders.
For yeast secretion the signal sequence may be, e.g., the yeast invertase leader, alpha factor leader (including Saccharomyces and Kluyveromyces a-factor leaders, the latter described in U.S.
Pat. No. 5,010,182), or acid phosphatase leader) the C. albicans glucoamyiase leader (FiP 362,179 published 4 April 1990), or the signal described in WO 90/13646 published 15 November 1990. In mammalian cell expression the native HVEM
presequence that normally directs insertion of HVEM io the cell membrane of human cells in vivo is satisfactory, although other mammalian signal sequences may be used to direct secretion of the protein, such as signal sequences from secreted polypeptides of the same or related species, as well as viral secretory leaders) for example, the herpes simplex glycoprotein D signal.
The DNA for such precursor region is preferably ligated in reading frame to DNA encoding HVEM.
(ii) Origin of Replication Component Both expression and cloning vectors contain a nucleic acid sequence that enables the vector to replicate in one or more selected host cells. Generally, in cloning vectors this sequence is one that enables the vector to replicate independently of the host chromosomal DNA, and includes origins of replication or autonomously replicating sequences. Such sequences are well known for a variety of bacteria, yeast, and viruses. The origin of replication from the plasmid pBR32:? is suitable for most Gram-negative bacteria, the 2p plasmid origin is suitable for yeast, and various viral origins (SV40, polyoma, adenovirus, VSV or BPV) are useful for cloning vectors in mammalian cells. Generally, the origin of replication component is not needed for mammalian expression vectors (the SV40 origin may typically be used because it contains the early promoter).
Most expression vectors are "shuttle" vectors, i.e., they are capable of replication in at least one class of organisms but can be transfected into another organism for expression. For example) a vector is cloned in E. toll and then the same vector is transfected into yeast or mammalian cells for expression even though it is not capable of replicating independently of the host cell chromosome.
DNA may also be amplified by insertion into the host genome. This is readily accomplished using Bacillus species as hosts, for example, by including in the vector a DNA
sequence that is complementary to a sequence found in Bacillus genomic DNA. Transfectiorv of Bacillus with this vector results in homologous recombination with the genome and insertion of HVEM 1DNA. However, the recovery of genomic DNA
encoding HVEM is more complex than that of an exogenously replicated vector because restriction enzyme digestion is required to excise the HVEM DNA.
(iii) Selection Gene Com~onenl;
Expression and cloning vectors typically .contain a selection gene, also termed a selectable marker. This gene encodes a protein necessary for the survival or growth of transformed host cells grown in a selective culture medium. Host cells not transformed with the vector containing the selection gene will not The DNA e survive in the culture medium. Typical selection genes encode proteins that (a) confer resistance to antibiotics or other toxins, e.g., ampicillin, neomycin, methotrexate, or tetracycline, (b) complement auxotrophic deficiencies, or (c) supply critical nutrients not available from complex media, e.g., the gene encoding D-alanine racemase for Bacilli.
One example of a selection scheme utilizes a drug to arrest growth of a host cell. Those cells that are successfully transformed with a heterologous gene produce a protein conferring drug resistance and thus survive the selection regimen. Examples of such dominant selection use the drugs neomycin [Southern et al., J. Moles ARp~, Genet., _I :327 ( I 982)], mycophenolic acid (Mulligan et al., Science, X9:1422 ( 1980)]
or hygromycin [Sugden et al., Mol. Cell. Biol., 5_:410-413 ( 1985)]. The three examples given above employ bacterial genes under eukaryotic control to convey resistance to the appropriate drug 6418 or neomycin (geneticin), xgpt (mycophenolic acid), or hygromycin, respectively.
Another example of suitable selectable markers for mammalian cells are those that enable the identification of cells competent to take up the HVEM nucleic acid, such as DHFR or thymidine kinase.
The mammalian cell transformants are placed under selection pressure that only the transformants are uniquely I S adapted to survive by virtue of having taken up the marker. Selection pressure is imposed by culturing the transformants under conditions in which the concentration of selection agent in the medium is successively changed, thereby leading to amplification of both the selection gene and the DNA that encodes HVEM.
Amplification is the process by which genes in greater demand for the production of a protein critical for growth are reiterated in tandem within the chromosomes of successive generations of recombinant cells.
Increased quantities of HVEM are synthesized from the amplified DNA. Other examples of amplifiable genes include metallothionein-I and -II, adenosine deaminase, and omithine decarboxylase.
Cells transformed with the DHFR selection gene may first be identified by culturing all of the transformants in a culture medium that contains methotrexate (Mtx), a competitive antagonist of DHFR.
An appropriate host cell when wild-type DHFR is employed is the Chinese hamster ovary (CHO) cell line deficient in DHFR activity, prepared and propagated as described by Urlaub et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 77:4216 ( 1980). The transformed cells are then exposed to increased levels of methotrexate. This leads to the synthesis of multiple copies of the DHFR gene, and, concomitantly, multiple copies of other DNA comprising the expression vectors, such as the DNA encoding HVEM. This amplification technique can be used with any otherwise suitable host, e.g., ATCC No. CCL61 CHO-KI, notwithstanding the presence of endogenous DHFR
if, for example, a mutant DHFR gene that is highly resistant to Mtx is employed (EP 117,060).
Alternatively, host cells (particularly wild-type hosts that contain endogenous DHFR) transformed or co-transformed with DNA sequences encoding HVEM) wild-type DHFR
protein, and another selectable marker such as aminoglycoside 3'-phosphotransferase (APH) can be selected by cell growth in medium containing a selection agent for the selectable marker such as an aminoglycosidic antibiotic, e.g., kanamycin, neomycin, or G4I8. See U.S. Patent No. 4,965,199.
A suitable selection gene for use in yeast is the trpl gene present in the yeast plasmid YRp7 [Stinchcomb et al., Nature, 28 :39 ( I 979); Kingsman et al., Gene, 2:141 ( 1979); Tschemper et al.) Gene.
1 Q:157 ( 1980)]. The trp 1 gene provides a selection marker for a mutant strain of yeast lacking the ability to grow in tryptophan, for example, ATCC No. 44076 or PEP4-1 [Jones, Genetics, X5:12 (1977)]. The presence of the trp 1 lesion in the yeast host cell genome then provides an effective environment for detecting transformation by growth in the absence of tryptophan. Similarly, Leu2-deficient yeast strains (ATCC 20,622 or 38,626) are complemented by known plasmids bearing the Leu2 gene.
In addition, vectors derived from the I .6 lxm circular plasmid pKD 1 can be used for transformation of Kluyveromyces yeasts [Bianchi et al., (err. Genet., ,j~:185 ( 1987)]. More recently, an expression system for large-scale production of recombinant calf chymosin was reported for K. lactis [Van den Berg, ~o/Technoloev, $:135 (1990)]. Stable mufti-ca~py expression vectors for secretion of mature recombinant human serum albumin by industrial strains of ~~Cluyveromyces have also been disclosed [Fleer et al.) Bio/Technoioev, 9_:968-975 (1991)].
{iv) promoter Comrwnent Expression and cloning vectors usually contain a promoter that is recognized by the host organism and is operably linked to the HVEM nucleic acid sequence. Promoters are untranslated sequences located upstream (5') to the start codon of a structural gene (i;enerally within about 100 to 1000 bp) that control the transcription and translation of particular nucleic acid sequence, such as the HVEM nucleic acid sequence, I S to which they are operably linked. Such promoters typicali;y fall into two classes, inducible and constitutive.
Inducible promoters are promoters that initiate increased levels of transcription from DNA under their control in response to some change in culture conditions, e.g., the: presence or absence of a nutrient or a change in temperatwe. At this time a large number of promoters recognized by a variety of potential host cells are well known. These promoters are operably linked to HVEM encoding DNA by removing the promoter from the source DNA by restriction enzyme digestion and inserting the isolated promoter sequence into the vector. Both the native HVEM promoter sequence and many heterologous promoters may be used to direct amplification and/or expression of the HVEM DNA.
Promoters suitable for use with prokaryotic hosts include the (i-lactamase and lactose promoter systems [Chang et al., Nature, ~7 :615 ( 1978); Goeddel et al., Nature, 2,$1:544 ( 1979)], alkaline phosphatase, a tryptophan (trp) promoter system [Goeddel., cleig,Acids Res., 8_:4057 ( 1980); EP 36,776], and hybrid promoters such as the tac promoter [deBoer et al., Proc. Natl.
Acad. Sci. USA) $(1:21-25 ( 1983)].
However, other known bacterial promoters are suitable. 'their nucleotide sequences have been published, thereby enabling a skilled worker operably to ligate them to DNA encoding HVEM
[Siebenlist et al., Vie((, X0_:269 (1980)] using linkers or adaptors to supply any required restriction sites. Promoters for use in bacterial systems also will contain a Shine-Dalgarno (S.D.) sequenc:e operably linked to the DNA encoding HVEM.
Promoter sequences are known for eukanrotes. Virtually all eukaryotic genes have an AT-rich region located approximately 25 to 30 bases upstream from the site where transcription is initiated.
Another sequence found 70 to 80 bases upstream from the start of transcription of many genes is a CXCAAT
region where X may be any nucleotide. At the 3' end of most eukaryotic genes is an AATAAA sequence that may be the signal for addition of the poly A tail to the 3' end of the coding sequence. All of these sequences are suitably inserted into eukaryotic expression vectors.
Examples of suitable promoting sequences for use with yeast hosts include the promoters for 3-phosphoglycerate kinase (Hitzeman et al., J. Biol. Cherry, X55:2073 (1980)]
or other glycolytic enzymes [Hess et al., J. Adv. Enzvme Ree" 2:149 (1968); Holland, Biochemistry, ~Z:4900 (1978)], such as enolase, glyceraldehyde-3-phosphate dehydrogenase, hexokinase, pyruvate decarboxylase, phosphofructokinase, glucose-6-phosphate isomerase, 3-phosphoglycerate mutase, pyruvate kinase, triosephosphate isomerase, phosphoglucose isomerase, and glucokinase.
Other yeast promoters, which are inducible promoters having the additional advantage of transcription controlled by growth conditions, are the promoter regions for alcohol dehydrogenase 2, isocytochrome C, acid phosphatase, degradative enzymes associated with nitrogen metabolism, metallothionein, glyceraldehyde-3-phosphate dehydrogenase, and enzymes responsible for maltose and galactose utilization.
Suitable vectors and promoters for use in yeast expression are further described in EP 73,657. Yeast enhancers also are advantageously used with yeast promoters.
HVEM transcription from vectors in mammalian host cells is controlled, for example, by promoters obtained from the genomes of viruses such as polyoma virus, fowlpox virus (UK 2,211,504 published 5 July 1989), adenovirus (such as Adenovirus 2), bovine papilloma virus, avian sarcoma virus, cytomegalovirus, a retrovirus, hepatitis-B virus and most preferably Simian Virus 40 (SV40), from heterologous mammalian promoters, e.g., the actin promoter or an immunoglobulin promoter, from heat-shock promoters, and from the promoter normally associated with the HVEM sequence, provided such promoters are compatible with the host cell systems.
The early and late promoters of the SV40 virus are conveniently obtained as an restriction fragment that also contains the SV40 viral origin of replication [Fiers et al., Nature, ~: I 13 ( 1978);
Mulligan and Berg, ien , (?x:1422-1427 ( 1980); Pavlakis et al., Proc. Natl.
Acad. Sci. USA, ?$:7398-7402 ( I 981 )]. The immediate early promoter of the human cytomegalovirus is conveniently obtained as a HindIII
E restriction fragment [Greenaway et al.) Gene, x$:355-360 ( 1982)]. A system for expressing DNA in mammalian hosts using the bovine papilloma virus as a vector is disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 4,419,446. A
modification of this system is described in U.S. Patent No. 4,601,978 [See also Gray et al., Nature, 2~:503-508 (1982) on expressing cDNA encoding immune interferon in monkey cells;
Reyes et al., Nature, ~97:598-601 ( 1982) on expression of human [i-interferon cDNA in mouse cells under the control of a thymidine kinase promoter from herpes simplex virus; Canaani and Berg, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci.
USA x:5166-5170 (1982) on expression of the human interferon (i 1 gene in cultured mouse and rabbit cells; and Gorman et al., Proc. Natl.
Acad. SciiUSA, 79:6777-6781 (1982) on expression ofbacterial CAT sequences in CV-I monkey kidney cells, chicken embryo fibroblasts, Chinese hamster ovary cells, HeLa cells, and mouse NIH-3T3 cells using the Rous sarcoma virus long terminal repeat as a promoter].
(v) Enhancer Element Component Transcription of a DNA encoding the HVEM of this invention by higher eukaryotes may be increased by inserting an enhancer sequence into the vector. Enhancers are cis-acting elements of DNA, usually about from 10 to 300 bp, that act on a promoter to increase its transcription. Enhancers are relatively orientation and position independent, having been found 5' [Laimins et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, x:993 { 1981 ]) and 3' [Lusky et al.) Mol. Cell Bio., ,~: I 108 ( 1983 ]) to the transcription unit, within an intron [Banerji et al., ~e 1, x:729 (1983)], as well as within the coding sequence itself [Osborne et al., Mol. Cell Bio., 4_:1293 ( 1984)]. Many enhancer sequences are now known from mammalian genes (globin, elastase, albumin, a-fetoprotein) and insulin). Typically, however, one will use an enhancer from a eukaryotic cell virus. Examples include the SV40 enhancer on the late side of the replication origin (bp 100-270), the cytomegalovirus early promoter enhancer, the polyoma enhancer on the late side of the replication origin, and adenovirus enhancers.
See also Yaniv, Nature, x:17-18 ( 1982) on enhancing elements for activation of eukaryotic promoters. The enhancer may be spliced into the vector at a position 5' or 3' to the HVEM
coding sequence, but is preferably located at a site 5' from the promoter.
(vi) TranscriWtion Terminatior~;o~ o~ nent Expression vectors used in eukaryotic host cells (yeast, fungi, insect, plant, animal, human, or nucleated cells firom other multicellular organisms) will also contain sequences necessary for the termination of transcription and for stabilizing the mRNA. Such sequences are commonly available from the 5' and, occasionally 3', untranslated regions of eukaryotic or viral L)NAs or cDNAs.
These regions contain nucleotide segments transcribed as polyadenylated fragments in the untranslated portion of the mRNA encoding HVEM.
(vii) Construction,~nd Analysis of Vectors Construction of suitable vectors containing one or more of the above-listed components employs standard ligation techniques. Isolated plasmids or 1~NA fragments are cleaved, tailored, and re-ligated I 5 in the form desired to generate the plasmids required.
For analysis to confum correct sequence:. in plasmids constructed, the ligation mixtures can be used to transform E. toll K12 strain 294 (ATCC 31,446) .and successful transformants selected by ampicillin or tetracycline resistance where appropriate. Plasmids from the transfotmants are prepared, analyzed by restriction endonuclease digestion, and/or sequenced by the method of Messing et al., Nucleic Acids Res., Q:309 ( 1981 ) or by the method of Maxam et al., Methods in Enzvmoloev, x:499 ( 1980).
(viii) Transient E~xession Vec Expression vectors that provide for the transient expression in mammalian cells of DNA
encoding HVEM may be employed. In general) transient expression involves the use of an expression vector that is able to replicate efficiently in a host cell, such that the host cell accumulates many copies of the expression vector and, in turn, synthesizes high levels of a desired polypeptide encoded by the expression vector [Sambrook et ai., supra]. Transient expression systems, comprising a suitable expression vector and a host cell, allow for the convenient positive identification of polypeptides encoded by cloned DNAs, as well as for the rapid screening of such polypeptides for desired biological or physiological properties. Thus, transient expression systems are particularly useful in the invention for purposes of identifying HVEM variants.
(ix) Suitable Ex r~nlary Vertebrate Cell Vectors Other methods, vectors, and host cells suitable for adaptation to the synthesis of HVEM in recombinant vertebrate cell culture are described in Gething; et al., a r , 29:620-625 ( 1981 ); Mantel et al., Nature, x:40-46 (1979); EP I 17,060; and EP 117,058.
3. Selection and Transformation of Host Cells Suitable host cells for cloning or expressing the DNA in the vectors herein are the prokaryote, yeast, or higher eukaryote cells described above. Suitable prokaryotes for this purpose include but are not limited to eubacteria, such as Gram-negative or Gram-positive organisms, for example, Enterobacteriaceae such as Escherichia, e.g., E. colt, Enterobacter, Erwinia, Klebsiella, Proteus, Salmonella, e.g., Salmonella typhimurium) Serratia, e.g., Serratia marcescans, and Shigella, as well as Bacilli such as B. subtilis and B.
WO 98/25967 PCT/iJS97/22278 licheniformis (e.g., B. lichenijormis 41 P disclosed in DD 266,710 published 12 April 1989), Pseudomonas such as P. aeruginosa, and Streptomyces. Preferably, the host cell should secrete minimal amounts of proteolytic enzymes.
In addition to prokaryotes, eukaryotic microbes such as filamentous fungi or yeast are suitable cloning or expression hosts for HVEM-encoding vectors. Saccharomyces cerevisiae, or common baker's yeast, is the most commonly used among lower eukaryotic host microorganisms. However, a number of other genera, species, and strains are commonly available and useful herein.
Suitable host cells for the expression of glycosylated HVEM are derived from multicellular organisms. Such host cells are capable of complex processing and giycosylation activities. In principle, any l0 higher eukaryotic cell culture is workable, whether from vertebrate or invertebrate culture. Examples of invertebrate cells include plant and insect cells. Numerous baculoviral strains and variants and corresponding permissive insect host cells from hosts such as Spodoptera frugiperda (caterpillar), Aedes aegypti (mosquito), Aedes albopictus (mosquito), Drosophila melanogaster (fruitfly), and Bombyx mori have been identified [See, e.g., Luckow et al., Bio/Technoloev, ø:47-55 (1988); Miller et al., in Genetic Engineerine, Setlow et ai., eds., Vol. 8 (Plenum Publishing, 1986), pp. 277-279; and Maeda et al., Na r , X15:592-594 (1985)]. A variety of viral strains for transfection are publicly available, e.g., the L-1 variant of Autographa californica NPV and the Bm-5 strain of Bombyx mori NPV.
Plant cell cultures of cotton, corn, potato, soybean, petunia, tomato, and tobacco can be utilized as hosts. Typically, plant cells are transfected by incubation with certain strains of the bacterium Agrobacterium tumejaciens. During incubation of the plant cell culture with A.
tumefaciens, the DNA
encoding the HVEM can be transferred to the plant cell host such that it is transfected, and will, under appropriate conditions, express the HVEM-encoding DNA. In addition) regulatory and signal sequences compatible with plant cells are available, such as the nopaline synthase promoter and polyadenyiation signal sequences [Depicker et al., J. Mol. ol. Gen., 1_:561 ( 1982)]. In addition, DNA segments isolated from the upstream region of the T-DNA 780 gene are capable of activating or increasing transcription levels of plant expressibie genes in recombinant DNA-containing plant tissue [EP 321,196 published 21 June 1989].
Propagation of vertebrate cells in culture (tissue culture) is also well known in the art [See, e.g., Tissue Culture, Academic Press, Kruse and Patterson, editors ( 1973)].
Examples of useful mammalian host cell lines are monkey kidney CV 1 line transformed by SV40 (COS-7, ATCC
CRL 1651 ); human embryonic kidney line (293 or 293 cells subcloned for growth in suspension culture, Graham et al., J. Gen Virol.) x:59 (1977)); baby hamster kidney cells (BHK, ATCC CCL 10); Chinese hamster ovary cells/-DHFR
(CHO, Urlaub and Chasin, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 2:4216 (1980)); mouse sertoli cells (TM4, blather, Biol. Rep~od., x:243-251 ( 1980)); monkey kidney cells (CV I ATCC CCL 70);
African green monkey kidney cells (VERO-76, ATCC CRL-1587); human cervical carcinoma cells (HELA, ATCC CCL
2); canine kidney cells (MDCK, ATCC CCL 34); buffalo rat liver cells (BRL 3A, ATCC CRL 1442);
human lung cells (W138, ATCC CCL 75); human liver cells (Hep G2, HB 8065); mouse mammary tumor (MMT
060562, ATCC
CCL51); TRI cells (blather et al., Annals N.Y. Acad. Sci., X83:44-68 (1982));
MRC 5 cells; and FS4 cells.
Host cells are transfected and preferably transformed with the above-described expression or cloning vectors for HVEM production and cultured in conventional nutrient media modified as appropriate for inducing promoters, selecting transfotrnants, or amplifrring the genes encoding the desired sequences.
Transfection refers to the taking up of an expression vector by a host cell whether or not any coding sequences are in fact expressed. Numerous methods of transfection are known to the ordinarily skilled artisan, for example, CaP04 and electroporation. Successful transfection is generally recognized when any indication of the operation of this vector occurs within the host cell.
Transformation means introducing DNA. into an organism so that the DNA is replicabie) either as an extrachromosomal element or by chromosomal integrant. Depending on the host cell used, transformation is done using standard techniques appropriate; to such cells.
The calcium treatment employing calcium chloride, as described in Sambrook et al., supra, or electroporation is generally used for prokaryotes or other cells that contain substantial cell-wall barriers. Infection with Agrobacterium tumefaciens is used for transformation of certain plant cells, as described by Shavv et al., Gene, x:315 (1983) and WO 89/05859 published 29 June 1989. In addition, plants may be transfected using ultrasound treatment as described in WO
IS 91/00358 published 10 January 1991.
For mammalian cells without such cell walls, the calcium phosphate precipitation method of Graham and van der Eb, V'r , 5:456-457 ( 1978) is preferred. General aspects of mammalian cell host system transformations have been described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,399,216.
Transformations into yeast are typically carried out according to the method of Van Solingern et al., ,,L
Bact., 10:946 ( 1977) and Hsiao et al.) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. (USAI, 7:3829 ( 1979). However, other methods for introducing DNA into cells, such as by nuclear microinjection, electroporation, bacterial protoplast fusion with intact cells, or potycations, e.g., polybrene, polyotnithine, may also be used. For various techniques for transforming mammalian cells, see Keown et al., Methods in Enzv~oioev, ]$x:527-537 (1990) and Mansour et al., Nature. xø:348-352 (1988).
(i) ~,ienal Sequence Component The HVEM may be produced recombinantly not only directly, but also as a fusion polypeptide with a heterologous polypeptide, which may be a signal sequence or other polypeptide having a _g_ specific cleavage site at the N-terminus of the mature protein or polypeptide.
In general. the signal sequence may be a component of the vector, or it may be a part of the HVEM DNA that is inserted into the vector. The heterologous signal sequence selected preferably is one that is recognized and processed (i.e., cleaved by a signal peptidase) by the host cell. The signal sequence may be a prokaryotic signal sequence selected, for example, from the group of the alkaline phosphatase, penicillinase, lpp, or heat-stable enterotoxin II leaders.
For yeast secretion the signal sequence may be, e.g., the yeast invertase leader, alpha factor leader (including Saccharomyces and Kluyveromyces a-factor leaders, the latter described in U.S.
Pat. No. 5,010,182), or acid phosphatase leader) the C. albicans glucoamyiase leader (FiP 362,179 published 4 April 1990), or the signal described in WO 90/13646 published 15 November 1990. In mammalian cell expression the native HVEM
presequence that normally directs insertion of HVEM io the cell membrane of human cells in vivo is satisfactory, although other mammalian signal sequences may be used to direct secretion of the protein, such as signal sequences from secreted polypeptides of the same or related species, as well as viral secretory leaders) for example, the herpes simplex glycoprotein D signal.
The DNA for such precursor region is preferably ligated in reading frame to DNA encoding HVEM.
(ii) Origin of Replication Component Both expression and cloning vectors contain a nucleic acid sequence that enables the vector to replicate in one or more selected host cells. Generally, in cloning vectors this sequence is one that enables the vector to replicate independently of the host chromosomal DNA, and includes origins of replication or autonomously replicating sequences. Such sequences are well known for a variety of bacteria, yeast, and viruses. The origin of replication from the plasmid pBR32:? is suitable for most Gram-negative bacteria, the 2p plasmid origin is suitable for yeast, and various viral origins (SV40, polyoma, adenovirus, VSV or BPV) are useful for cloning vectors in mammalian cells. Generally, the origin of replication component is not needed for mammalian expression vectors (the SV40 origin may typically be used because it contains the early promoter).
Most expression vectors are "shuttle" vectors, i.e., they are capable of replication in at least one class of organisms but can be transfected into another organism for expression. For example) a vector is cloned in E. toll and then the same vector is transfected into yeast or mammalian cells for expression even though it is not capable of replicating independently of the host cell chromosome.
DNA may also be amplified by insertion into the host genome. This is readily accomplished using Bacillus species as hosts, for example, by including in the vector a DNA
sequence that is complementary to a sequence found in Bacillus genomic DNA. Transfectiorv of Bacillus with this vector results in homologous recombination with the genome and insertion of HVEM 1DNA. However, the recovery of genomic DNA
encoding HVEM is more complex than that of an exogenously replicated vector because restriction enzyme digestion is required to excise the HVEM DNA.
(iii) Selection Gene Com~onenl;
Expression and cloning vectors typically .contain a selection gene, also termed a selectable marker. This gene encodes a protein necessary for the survival or growth of transformed host cells grown in a selective culture medium. Host cells not transformed with the vector containing the selection gene will not The DNA e survive in the culture medium. Typical selection genes encode proteins that (a) confer resistance to antibiotics or other toxins, e.g., ampicillin, neomycin, methotrexate, or tetracycline, (b) complement auxotrophic deficiencies, or (c) supply critical nutrients not available from complex media, e.g., the gene encoding D-alanine racemase for Bacilli.
One example of a selection scheme utilizes a drug to arrest growth of a host cell. Those cells that are successfully transformed with a heterologous gene produce a protein conferring drug resistance and thus survive the selection regimen. Examples of such dominant selection use the drugs neomycin [Southern et al., J. Moles ARp~, Genet., _I :327 ( I 982)], mycophenolic acid (Mulligan et al., Science, X9:1422 ( 1980)]
or hygromycin [Sugden et al., Mol. Cell. Biol., 5_:410-413 ( 1985)]. The three examples given above employ bacterial genes under eukaryotic control to convey resistance to the appropriate drug 6418 or neomycin (geneticin), xgpt (mycophenolic acid), or hygromycin, respectively.
Another example of suitable selectable markers for mammalian cells are those that enable the identification of cells competent to take up the HVEM nucleic acid, such as DHFR or thymidine kinase.
The mammalian cell transformants are placed under selection pressure that only the transformants are uniquely I S adapted to survive by virtue of having taken up the marker. Selection pressure is imposed by culturing the transformants under conditions in which the concentration of selection agent in the medium is successively changed, thereby leading to amplification of both the selection gene and the DNA that encodes HVEM.
Amplification is the process by which genes in greater demand for the production of a protein critical for growth are reiterated in tandem within the chromosomes of successive generations of recombinant cells.
Increased quantities of HVEM are synthesized from the amplified DNA. Other examples of amplifiable genes include metallothionein-I and -II, adenosine deaminase, and omithine decarboxylase.
Cells transformed with the DHFR selection gene may first be identified by culturing all of the transformants in a culture medium that contains methotrexate (Mtx), a competitive antagonist of DHFR.
An appropriate host cell when wild-type DHFR is employed is the Chinese hamster ovary (CHO) cell line deficient in DHFR activity, prepared and propagated as described by Urlaub et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 77:4216 ( 1980). The transformed cells are then exposed to increased levels of methotrexate. This leads to the synthesis of multiple copies of the DHFR gene, and, concomitantly, multiple copies of other DNA comprising the expression vectors, such as the DNA encoding HVEM. This amplification technique can be used with any otherwise suitable host, e.g., ATCC No. CCL61 CHO-KI, notwithstanding the presence of endogenous DHFR
if, for example, a mutant DHFR gene that is highly resistant to Mtx is employed (EP 117,060).
Alternatively, host cells (particularly wild-type hosts that contain endogenous DHFR) transformed or co-transformed with DNA sequences encoding HVEM) wild-type DHFR
protein, and another selectable marker such as aminoglycoside 3'-phosphotransferase (APH) can be selected by cell growth in medium containing a selection agent for the selectable marker such as an aminoglycosidic antibiotic, e.g., kanamycin, neomycin, or G4I8. See U.S. Patent No. 4,965,199.
A suitable selection gene for use in yeast is the trpl gene present in the yeast plasmid YRp7 [Stinchcomb et al., Nature, 28 :39 ( I 979); Kingsman et al., Gene, 2:141 ( 1979); Tschemper et al.) Gene.
1 Q:157 ( 1980)]. The trp 1 gene provides a selection marker for a mutant strain of yeast lacking the ability to grow in tryptophan, for example, ATCC No. 44076 or PEP4-1 [Jones, Genetics, X5:12 (1977)]. The presence of the trp 1 lesion in the yeast host cell genome then provides an effective environment for detecting transformation by growth in the absence of tryptophan. Similarly, Leu2-deficient yeast strains (ATCC 20,622 or 38,626) are complemented by known plasmids bearing the Leu2 gene.
In addition, vectors derived from the I .6 lxm circular plasmid pKD 1 can be used for transformation of Kluyveromyces yeasts [Bianchi et al., (err. Genet., ,j~:185 ( 1987)]. More recently, an expression system for large-scale production of recombinant calf chymosin was reported for K. lactis [Van den Berg, ~o/Technoloev, $:135 (1990)]. Stable mufti-ca~py expression vectors for secretion of mature recombinant human serum albumin by industrial strains of ~~Cluyveromyces have also been disclosed [Fleer et al.) Bio/Technoioev, 9_:968-975 (1991)].
{iv) promoter Comrwnent Expression and cloning vectors usually contain a promoter that is recognized by the host organism and is operably linked to the HVEM nucleic acid sequence. Promoters are untranslated sequences located upstream (5') to the start codon of a structural gene (i;enerally within about 100 to 1000 bp) that control the transcription and translation of particular nucleic acid sequence, such as the HVEM nucleic acid sequence, I S to which they are operably linked. Such promoters typicali;y fall into two classes, inducible and constitutive.
Inducible promoters are promoters that initiate increased levels of transcription from DNA under their control in response to some change in culture conditions, e.g., the: presence or absence of a nutrient or a change in temperatwe. At this time a large number of promoters recognized by a variety of potential host cells are well known. These promoters are operably linked to HVEM encoding DNA by removing the promoter from the source DNA by restriction enzyme digestion and inserting the isolated promoter sequence into the vector. Both the native HVEM promoter sequence and many heterologous promoters may be used to direct amplification and/or expression of the HVEM DNA.
Promoters suitable for use with prokaryotic hosts include the (i-lactamase and lactose promoter systems [Chang et al., Nature, ~7 :615 ( 1978); Goeddel et al., Nature, 2,$1:544 ( 1979)], alkaline phosphatase, a tryptophan (trp) promoter system [Goeddel., cleig,Acids Res., 8_:4057 ( 1980); EP 36,776], and hybrid promoters such as the tac promoter [deBoer et al., Proc. Natl.
Acad. Sci. USA) $(1:21-25 ( 1983)].
However, other known bacterial promoters are suitable. 'their nucleotide sequences have been published, thereby enabling a skilled worker operably to ligate them to DNA encoding HVEM
[Siebenlist et al., Vie((, X0_:269 (1980)] using linkers or adaptors to supply any required restriction sites. Promoters for use in bacterial systems also will contain a Shine-Dalgarno (S.D.) sequenc:e operably linked to the DNA encoding HVEM.
Promoter sequences are known for eukanrotes. Virtually all eukaryotic genes have an AT-rich region located approximately 25 to 30 bases upstream from the site where transcription is initiated.
Another sequence found 70 to 80 bases upstream from the start of transcription of many genes is a CXCAAT
region where X may be any nucleotide. At the 3' end of most eukaryotic genes is an AATAAA sequence that may be the signal for addition of the poly A tail to the 3' end of the coding sequence. All of these sequences are suitably inserted into eukaryotic expression vectors.
Examples of suitable promoting sequences for use with yeast hosts include the promoters for 3-phosphoglycerate kinase (Hitzeman et al., J. Biol. Cherry, X55:2073 (1980)]
or other glycolytic enzymes [Hess et al., J. Adv. Enzvme Ree" 2:149 (1968); Holland, Biochemistry, ~Z:4900 (1978)], such as enolase, glyceraldehyde-3-phosphate dehydrogenase, hexokinase, pyruvate decarboxylase, phosphofructokinase, glucose-6-phosphate isomerase, 3-phosphoglycerate mutase, pyruvate kinase, triosephosphate isomerase, phosphoglucose isomerase, and glucokinase.
Other yeast promoters, which are inducible promoters having the additional advantage of transcription controlled by growth conditions, are the promoter regions for alcohol dehydrogenase 2, isocytochrome C, acid phosphatase, degradative enzymes associated with nitrogen metabolism, metallothionein, glyceraldehyde-3-phosphate dehydrogenase, and enzymes responsible for maltose and galactose utilization.
Suitable vectors and promoters for use in yeast expression are further described in EP 73,657. Yeast enhancers also are advantageously used with yeast promoters.
HVEM transcription from vectors in mammalian host cells is controlled, for example, by promoters obtained from the genomes of viruses such as polyoma virus, fowlpox virus (UK 2,211,504 published 5 July 1989), adenovirus (such as Adenovirus 2), bovine papilloma virus, avian sarcoma virus, cytomegalovirus, a retrovirus, hepatitis-B virus and most preferably Simian Virus 40 (SV40), from heterologous mammalian promoters, e.g., the actin promoter or an immunoglobulin promoter, from heat-shock promoters, and from the promoter normally associated with the HVEM sequence, provided such promoters are compatible with the host cell systems.
The early and late promoters of the SV40 virus are conveniently obtained as an restriction fragment that also contains the SV40 viral origin of replication [Fiers et al., Nature, ~: I 13 ( 1978);
Mulligan and Berg, ien , (?x:1422-1427 ( 1980); Pavlakis et al., Proc. Natl.
Acad. Sci. USA, ?$:7398-7402 ( I 981 )]. The immediate early promoter of the human cytomegalovirus is conveniently obtained as a HindIII
E restriction fragment [Greenaway et al.) Gene, x$:355-360 ( 1982)]. A system for expressing DNA in mammalian hosts using the bovine papilloma virus as a vector is disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 4,419,446. A
modification of this system is described in U.S. Patent No. 4,601,978 [See also Gray et al., Nature, 2~:503-508 (1982) on expressing cDNA encoding immune interferon in monkey cells;
Reyes et al., Nature, ~97:598-601 ( 1982) on expression of human [i-interferon cDNA in mouse cells under the control of a thymidine kinase promoter from herpes simplex virus; Canaani and Berg, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci.
USA x:5166-5170 (1982) on expression of the human interferon (i 1 gene in cultured mouse and rabbit cells; and Gorman et al., Proc. Natl.
Acad. SciiUSA, 79:6777-6781 (1982) on expression ofbacterial CAT sequences in CV-I monkey kidney cells, chicken embryo fibroblasts, Chinese hamster ovary cells, HeLa cells, and mouse NIH-3T3 cells using the Rous sarcoma virus long terminal repeat as a promoter].
(v) Enhancer Element Component Transcription of a DNA encoding the HVEM of this invention by higher eukaryotes may be increased by inserting an enhancer sequence into the vector. Enhancers are cis-acting elements of DNA, usually about from 10 to 300 bp, that act on a promoter to increase its transcription. Enhancers are relatively orientation and position independent, having been found 5' [Laimins et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, x:993 { 1981 ]) and 3' [Lusky et al.) Mol. Cell Bio., ,~: I 108 ( 1983 ]) to the transcription unit, within an intron [Banerji et al., ~e 1, x:729 (1983)], as well as within the coding sequence itself [Osborne et al., Mol. Cell Bio., 4_:1293 ( 1984)]. Many enhancer sequences are now known from mammalian genes (globin, elastase, albumin, a-fetoprotein) and insulin). Typically, however, one will use an enhancer from a eukaryotic cell virus. Examples include the SV40 enhancer on the late side of the replication origin (bp 100-270), the cytomegalovirus early promoter enhancer, the polyoma enhancer on the late side of the replication origin, and adenovirus enhancers.
See also Yaniv, Nature, x:17-18 ( 1982) on enhancing elements for activation of eukaryotic promoters. The enhancer may be spliced into the vector at a position 5' or 3' to the HVEM
coding sequence, but is preferably located at a site 5' from the promoter.
(vi) TranscriWtion Terminatior~;o~ o~ nent Expression vectors used in eukaryotic host cells (yeast, fungi, insect, plant, animal, human, or nucleated cells firom other multicellular organisms) will also contain sequences necessary for the termination of transcription and for stabilizing the mRNA. Such sequences are commonly available from the 5' and, occasionally 3', untranslated regions of eukaryotic or viral L)NAs or cDNAs.
These regions contain nucleotide segments transcribed as polyadenylated fragments in the untranslated portion of the mRNA encoding HVEM.
(vii) Construction,~nd Analysis of Vectors Construction of suitable vectors containing one or more of the above-listed components employs standard ligation techniques. Isolated plasmids or 1~NA fragments are cleaved, tailored, and re-ligated I 5 in the form desired to generate the plasmids required.
For analysis to confum correct sequence:. in plasmids constructed, the ligation mixtures can be used to transform E. toll K12 strain 294 (ATCC 31,446) .and successful transformants selected by ampicillin or tetracycline resistance where appropriate. Plasmids from the transfotmants are prepared, analyzed by restriction endonuclease digestion, and/or sequenced by the method of Messing et al., Nucleic Acids Res., Q:309 ( 1981 ) or by the method of Maxam et al., Methods in Enzvmoloev, x:499 ( 1980).
(viii) Transient E~xession Vec Expression vectors that provide for the transient expression in mammalian cells of DNA
encoding HVEM may be employed. In general) transient expression involves the use of an expression vector that is able to replicate efficiently in a host cell, such that the host cell accumulates many copies of the expression vector and, in turn, synthesizes high levels of a desired polypeptide encoded by the expression vector [Sambrook et ai., supra]. Transient expression systems, comprising a suitable expression vector and a host cell, allow for the convenient positive identification of polypeptides encoded by cloned DNAs, as well as for the rapid screening of such polypeptides for desired biological or physiological properties. Thus, transient expression systems are particularly useful in the invention for purposes of identifying HVEM variants.
(ix) Suitable Ex r~nlary Vertebrate Cell Vectors Other methods, vectors, and host cells suitable for adaptation to the synthesis of HVEM in recombinant vertebrate cell culture are described in Gething; et al., a r , 29:620-625 ( 1981 ); Mantel et al., Nature, x:40-46 (1979); EP I 17,060; and EP 117,058.
3. Selection and Transformation of Host Cells Suitable host cells for cloning or expressing the DNA in the vectors herein are the prokaryote, yeast, or higher eukaryote cells described above. Suitable prokaryotes for this purpose include but are not limited to eubacteria, such as Gram-negative or Gram-positive organisms, for example, Enterobacteriaceae such as Escherichia, e.g., E. colt, Enterobacter, Erwinia, Klebsiella, Proteus, Salmonella, e.g., Salmonella typhimurium) Serratia, e.g., Serratia marcescans, and Shigella, as well as Bacilli such as B. subtilis and B.
WO 98/25967 PCT/iJS97/22278 licheniformis (e.g., B. lichenijormis 41 P disclosed in DD 266,710 published 12 April 1989), Pseudomonas such as P. aeruginosa, and Streptomyces. Preferably, the host cell should secrete minimal amounts of proteolytic enzymes.
In addition to prokaryotes, eukaryotic microbes such as filamentous fungi or yeast are suitable cloning or expression hosts for HVEM-encoding vectors. Saccharomyces cerevisiae, or common baker's yeast, is the most commonly used among lower eukaryotic host microorganisms. However, a number of other genera, species, and strains are commonly available and useful herein.
Suitable host cells for the expression of glycosylated HVEM are derived from multicellular organisms. Such host cells are capable of complex processing and giycosylation activities. In principle, any l0 higher eukaryotic cell culture is workable, whether from vertebrate or invertebrate culture. Examples of invertebrate cells include plant and insect cells. Numerous baculoviral strains and variants and corresponding permissive insect host cells from hosts such as Spodoptera frugiperda (caterpillar), Aedes aegypti (mosquito), Aedes albopictus (mosquito), Drosophila melanogaster (fruitfly), and Bombyx mori have been identified [See, e.g., Luckow et al., Bio/Technoloev, ø:47-55 (1988); Miller et al., in Genetic Engineerine, Setlow et ai., eds., Vol. 8 (Plenum Publishing, 1986), pp. 277-279; and Maeda et al., Na r , X15:592-594 (1985)]. A variety of viral strains for transfection are publicly available, e.g., the L-1 variant of Autographa californica NPV and the Bm-5 strain of Bombyx mori NPV.
Plant cell cultures of cotton, corn, potato, soybean, petunia, tomato, and tobacco can be utilized as hosts. Typically, plant cells are transfected by incubation with certain strains of the bacterium Agrobacterium tumejaciens. During incubation of the plant cell culture with A.
tumefaciens, the DNA
encoding the HVEM can be transferred to the plant cell host such that it is transfected, and will, under appropriate conditions, express the HVEM-encoding DNA. In addition) regulatory and signal sequences compatible with plant cells are available, such as the nopaline synthase promoter and polyadenyiation signal sequences [Depicker et al., J. Mol. ol. Gen., 1_:561 ( 1982)]. In addition, DNA segments isolated from the upstream region of the T-DNA 780 gene are capable of activating or increasing transcription levels of plant expressibie genes in recombinant DNA-containing plant tissue [EP 321,196 published 21 June 1989].
Propagation of vertebrate cells in culture (tissue culture) is also well known in the art [See, e.g., Tissue Culture, Academic Press, Kruse and Patterson, editors ( 1973)].
Examples of useful mammalian host cell lines are monkey kidney CV 1 line transformed by SV40 (COS-7, ATCC
CRL 1651 ); human embryonic kidney line (293 or 293 cells subcloned for growth in suspension culture, Graham et al., J. Gen Virol.) x:59 (1977)); baby hamster kidney cells (BHK, ATCC CCL 10); Chinese hamster ovary cells/-DHFR
(CHO, Urlaub and Chasin, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 2:4216 (1980)); mouse sertoli cells (TM4, blather, Biol. Rep~od., x:243-251 ( 1980)); monkey kidney cells (CV I ATCC CCL 70);
African green monkey kidney cells (VERO-76, ATCC CRL-1587); human cervical carcinoma cells (HELA, ATCC CCL
2); canine kidney cells (MDCK, ATCC CCL 34); buffalo rat liver cells (BRL 3A, ATCC CRL 1442);
human lung cells (W138, ATCC CCL 75); human liver cells (Hep G2, HB 8065); mouse mammary tumor (MMT
060562, ATCC
CCL51); TRI cells (blather et al., Annals N.Y. Acad. Sci., X83:44-68 (1982));
MRC 5 cells; and FS4 cells.
Host cells are transfected and preferably transformed with the above-described expression or cloning vectors for HVEM production and cultured in conventional nutrient media modified as appropriate for inducing promoters, selecting transfotrnants, or amplifrring the genes encoding the desired sequences.
Transfection refers to the taking up of an expression vector by a host cell whether or not any coding sequences are in fact expressed. Numerous methods of transfection are known to the ordinarily skilled artisan, for example, CaP04 and electroporation. Successful transfection is generally recognized when any indication of the operation of this vector occurs within the host cell.
Transformation means introducing DNA. into an organism so that the DNA is replicabie) either as an extrachromosomal element or by chromosomal integrant. Depending on the host cell used, transformation is done using standard techniques appropriate; to such cells.
The calcium treatment employing calcium chloride, as described in Sambrook et al., supra, or electroporation is generally used for prokaryotes or other cells that contain substantial cell-wall barriers. Infection with Agrobacterium tumefaciens is used for transformation of certain plant cells, as described by Shavv et al., Gene, x:315 (1983) and WO 89/05859 published 29 June 1989. In addition, plants may be transfected using ultrasound treatment as described in WO
IS 91/00358 published 10 January 1991.
For mammalian cells without such cell walls, the calcium phosphate precipitation method of Graham and van der Eb, V'r , 5:456-457 ( 1978) is preferred. General aspects of mammalian cell host system transformations have been described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,399,216.
Transformations into yeast are typically carried out according to the method of Van Solingern et al., ,,L
Bact., 10:946 ( 1977) and Hsiao et al.) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. (USAI, 7:3829 ( 1979). However, other methods for introducing DNA into cells, such as by nuclear microinjection, electroporation, bacterial protoplast fusion with intact cells, or potycations, e.g., polybrene, polyotnithine, may also be used. For various techniques for transforming mammalian cells, see Keown et al., Methods in Enzv~oioev, ]$x:527-537 (1990) and Mansour et al., Nature. xø:348-352 (1988).
4. Culturin~the Host Cells Prokaryotic cells used to produce HVEM may be cultured in suitable media as described generally in Sambrook et al., supra.
The mammalian host cells used to produce HVEM may be cultured in a variety of media.
Examples of commercially available media include Ham's F10 (Sigma), Minimal Essential Medium ("MEM", Sigma), RPMI-1640 (Sigma), and Dulbecco's Modified Eaglle's Medium ("DMEM", Sigma). Any such media may be supplemented as necessary with hormones and/or other growth factors (such as insulin, transferrin, or epidermal growth factor), salts (such as sodium chloride) calcium, magnesium, and phosphate), buffers (such as HEPES)) nucleosides (such as adenosine and thymidine)., antibiotics (such as GentamycinTM drug), trace elements (defined as inorganic compounds usually present at final concentrations in the micromolar range), and glucose or an equivalent energy source. Any other necessary supplements may also be included at appropriate concentrations that would be known to those skilled in the art.
The culture conditions, such as temperature) pH, and the like, are those previously used with. the host cell selected for expression, and will be apparent to the ordinarily skilled artisan.
-IS-In general, principles, protocols, and practical techniques for maximizing the productivity of mammalian cell cultures can be found in Mamm lian Cell Biotechnol~v: a Practical Approach, M. Butler, ed. (IRL Press, I 991 ).
The host cells referred to in this disclosure encompass cells in culture as well as cells that are within a host animal.
The mammalian host cells used to produce HVEM may be cultured in a variety of media.
Examples of commercially available media include Ham's F10 (Sigma), Minimal Essential Medium ("MEM", Sigma), RPMI-1640 (Sigma), and Dulbecco's Modified Eaglle's Medium ("DMEM", Sigma). Any such media may be supplemented as necessary with hormones and/or other growth factors (such as insulin, transferrin, or epidermal growth factor), salts (such as sodium chloride) calcium, magnesium, and phosphate), buffers (such as HEPES)) nucleosides (such as adenosine and thymidine)., antibiotics (such as GentamycinTM drug), trace elements (defined as inorganic compounds usually present at final concentrations in the micromolar range), and glucose or an equivalent energy source. Any other necessary supplements may also be included at appropriate concentrations that would be known to those skilled in the art.
The culture conditions, such as temperature) pH, and the like, are those previously used with. the host cell selected for expression, and will be apparent to the ordinarily skilled artisan.
-IS-In general, principles, protocols, and practical techniques for maximizing the productivity of mammalian cell cultures can be found in Mamm lian Cell Biotechnol~v: a Practical Approach, M. Butler, ed. (IRL Press, I 991 ).
The host cells referred to in this disclosure encompass cells in culture as well as cells that are within a host animal.
5. Detecting"Gene Amplifcation/Ex rep scion Gene amplification and/or expression may be measured in a sample directly, for example, by conventional Southern blotting, Northern blotting to quantitate the transcription of mRNA [Thomas, Proc.
Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 77:5201-5205 (1980)], dot blotting (DNA analysis), or in situ hybridization, using an appropriately labeled probe, based on the sequences provided herein. Various labels may be employed, most commonly radioisotopes, and particularly 32P. However, other techniques may also be employed, such as using biotin-modified nucleotides for introduction into a polynucleotide. The biotin then serves as the site for binding to avidin or antibodies, which may be labeled with a wide variety of labels, such as radionucleotides, fluorescers or enrymes. Alternatively, antibodies may be employed that can recognize specific duplexes, including DNA duplexes, RNA duplexes, and DNA-RNA hybrid duplexes or DNA-protein duplexes. The antibodies in tum may be labeled and the assay may be carried out where the duplex is bound to a surface, so that upon the formation of duplex on the surface, the presence of antibody bound to the duplex can be detected.
Gene expression, alternatively, may be measured by immunological methods, such as immunohistochemical staining of cells or tissue sections and assay of cell culture or body fluids, to quantitate directly the expression of gene product. With immunohistochemical staining techniques) a cell sample is prepared, typically by dehydration and fixation, followed by reaction with labeled antibodies specific for the gene product coupled, where the labels are usually visually detectable, such as enzymatic labels, fluorescent labels, or luminescent labels.
Antibodies useful for immunohistochemical staining and/or assay of sample fluids may be either monoclonal or polyclonal) and may be prepared in any mammal.
Conveniently, the antibodies may be prepared against a native sequence HVEM polypeptide or against a synthetic peptide based on the DNA
sequences provided herein or against exogenous sequence fused to HVEM DNA and encoding a specific antibody epitope.
Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 77:5201-5205 (1980)], dot blotting (DNA analysis), or in situ hybridization, using an appropriately labeled probe, based on the sequences provided herein. Various labels may be employed, most commonly radioisotopes, and particularly 32P. However, other techniques may also be employed, such as using biotin-modified nucleotides for introduction into a polynucleotide. The biotin then serves as the site for binding to avidin or antibodies, which may be labeled with a wide variety of labels, such as radionucleotides, fluorescers or enrymes. Alternatively, antibodies may be employed that can recognize specific duplexes, including DNA duplexes, RNA duplexes, and DNA-RNA hybrid duplexes or DNA-protein duplexes. The antibodies in tum may be labeled and the assay may be carried out where the duplex is bound to a surface, so that upon the formation of duplex on the surface, the presence of antibody bound to the duplex can be detected.
Gene expression, alternatively, may be measured by immunological methods, such as immunohistochemical staining of cells or tissue sections and assay of cell culture or body fluids, to quantitate directly the expression of gene product. With immunohistochemical staining techniques) a cell sample is prepared, typically by dehydration and fixation, followed by reaction with labeled antibodies specific for the gene product coupled, where the labels are usually visually detectable, such as enzymatic labels, fluorescent labels, or luminescent labels.
Antibodies useful for immunohistochemical staining and/or assay of sample fluids may be either monoclonal or polyclonal) and may be prepared in any mammal.
Conveniently, the antibodies may be prepared against a native sequence HVEM polypeptide or against a synthetic peptide based on the DNA
sequences provided herein or against exogenous sequence fused to HVEM DNA and encoding a specific antibody epitope.
6. Purification of HVEM Polvoeotide Forms of HVEM may be recovered from culture medium or from host cell lysates.
if the HVEM is membrane-bound, it can be released from the membrane using a suitable detergent solution (e.g.
Triton-X 100) or its extracelluiar region may be released by enzymatic cleavage.
When HVEM is produced in a recombinant cell other than one of human origin, the HVEM
is free of proteins or polypeptides of human origin. However, it may be desired to purify HVEM from recombinant cell proteins or polypeptides to obtain preparations that are substantially homogeneous as to HVEM. As a first step, the culture medium or lysate may be centrifuged to remove particulate cell debris.
HVEM thereafter is purified from contaminant soluble proteins and poiypeptides, with the following procedures being exemplary of suitable purification procedures: by fractionation on an ion-exchange column;
ethanol precipitation; reverse phase HPLC; chromatography on silica or on a canon-exchange resin such as DEAF; chromatofocusing; SDS-PAGE; ammonium sulfate precipitation; gel filtration using, for example, Sephadex G-75; and protein A Sepharose columns to remove contaminants such as IgG.
HVEM variants in which residues have been deleted) inserted, or substituted can be recovered in the same fashion as native sequence HVE1VI, taking account of any substantial changes in properties occasioned by the variation. For example, preparation of an HVEM
fusion with another protein or polypeptide, e.g., a bacterial or viral antigen, immunoglobulin sequence, or receptor sequence, may facilitate purification; an immunoaffmity column containing antibody to the sequence can be used to adsorb the fusion polypeptide. Other types of affinity matrices also can be used.
A protease inhibitor such as phenyl methyl sulfonyl fluoride (PMSF) also may be useful to inhibit proteolytic degradation during purification, and antibiotics may be included to prevent the growth of adventitious contaminants. One skilled in the art will appreciate that purification methods suitable for native sequence HVEM may require modification to account for changes in the character of HVEM or its variants upon expression in recombinant cell culture.
7. Covalent Modifccations of HVEM Po~y,~yides Covalent modifications of HVEM are included within the scope of this invention. One type of covalent modification of the HVEM is introduced into the: molecule by reacting targeted amino acid residues of the HVEM with an organic derivatizing agent that is capable of reacting with selected side chains or the N-or C- terminal residues of the HVEM.
Derivatization with bifunctional agents is useful for crosslinking HVEM to a water-insoluble support matrix or surface for use in the method for purifying anti-HVEM
antibodies, and vice-versa.
Derivatization with one or more bifunctional agents will al:>o be useful for crosslinking HVEM molecules to generate HVEM dimers. Such dimers may increase binding avidity and extend half life of the molecule in vivo.
Commonly used crosslinking agents include, e.g., 1) 1-bis( diazoacetyl)-2-phenylethane, glutaraidehyde, N-hydroxysuccinimide esters, for example, esters with 4-azidosalicylic acid, homobifunctional imidoesters, including disuccinimidyl esters such as 3,3'-dithiobis(succinimidylpropionate)) and bifunctional maleimides such as bis-N-maleimido-1,8-octane. Derivatizing agents such as methyl-3-[(p-azidophenyl)dithio]propioimi-date yield photoactivatable intermediates that are capable of forming crosslinks in the presence of light.
Alternatively, reactive water-insoluble matrices such as cyanogen bromide-activated carbohydrates and the reactive substrates described in U.S. Patent Nos. 3,969,287; 3,691,016;
4,195,128; 4,247,642; 4,229,537; and 4,330,440 are employed for protein immobilization.
Other modifications include deamidation of glutaminyl and asparaginyl residues to the corresponding glutamyl and aspartyl residues, respectively) hydroxylation of proline and lysine, phosphorylation of hydroxyl groups of seryl or threonyl residues, methylation of the a-amino groups of lysine, arginine, and histidine side chains (T.E. Creighton, reins: Structure and Molecular Pro e~, W.H.
Freeman & Co., San Francisco, pp. 79-86 ( 1983)], acetylation of the N-terminal amine, and amidation of any C-terminal carboxyl group. The modified forms of the residues fall within the scope of the present invention.
Another type of covalent modification of the HVEM polypeptide included within the scope of this invention comprises altering the native glycosylation pattern of the polypeptide. "Altering the native glycosylation pattern" is intended for purposes herein to mean deleting one or more carbohydrate moieties found in native sequence HVEM, and/or adding one or more glycosylation sites that are not present in the native sequence HVEM.
Glycosylation of polypeptides is typically either N-linked or O-linked. N-linked refers to the attachment of the carbohydrate moiety to the side chain of an asparagine residue. The tripeptide sequences asparagine-X-serine and asparagine-X-threonine, where X is any amino acid except proiine, are the recognition sequences for enzymatic attachment of the carbohydrate moiety to the asparagine side chain. Thus, the presence of either of these tripeptide sequences in a polypeptide creates a potential glycosylation site. O-linked glycosylation refers to the attachment of one of the sugars N-aceylgalactosamine, galactose, or xylose to a hydroxylamino acid, most commonly serine or threonine, although 5-hydroxyproline or 5-hydroxylysine may also be used.
Addition of glycosylation sites to the HVEM polypeptide may be accomplished by altering the amino acid sequence such that it contains one or more of the above-described tripeptide sequences (for N-linked glycosylation sites). The alteration may also be made by the addition of, or substitution by, one or more serine or threonine residues to the native sequence HVEM (for O-linked glycosylation sites). The HVEM
amino acid sequence may optionally be altered through changes at the DNA
level, particularly by mutating the DNA encoding the HVEM polypeptide at preselected bases such that codons are generated that will translate into the desired amino acids. The DNA mutations) may be made using methods described above and in U.S.
Pat. No. 5,364,934, supra.
Another means of increasing the number of carbohydrate moieties on the HVEM
polypeptide is by chemical or enzymatic coupling of glycosides to the polypeptide.
Depending on the coupling mode used, the sugars) may be attached to (a) arginine and histidine, (b) free carboxyl groups, (c) free sulfhydryl groups such as those of cysteine, (d) free hydroxyl groups such as those of serine, threonine) or hydroxyproline, (e) aromatic residues such as those of phenylalanine, tyrosine) or tryptophan, or (f) the amide group of glutamine.
These methods are described in WO 87/05330 published 11 September 1987, and in Aplin and Wriston, ARC
Crit. Rev. Biochem., pp. 259-306 (1981}.
Removal of carbohydrate moieties present on the HVEM polypeptide may be accomplished chemically or enzymatically or by mutational substitution of codons encoding for amino acid residues that serve as targets for glycosylation. For instance, chemical deglycosylation by exposing the potypeptide to the compound trifluoromethanesulfonic acid, or an equivalent compound can result in the cleavage of most or all sugars except the linking sugar (N-acetylglucosamine or N-acetylgalactosamine), while leaving the polypeptide intact. Chemical deglycosylation is described by Hakimuddin, et al., Arch.
Biochem. Bionhvs., ?59:52 ( 1987) and by Edge et al., Anal. Biochem., 118:131 (1981). Enzymatic cleavage of carbohydrate moieties on polypeptides can be achieved by the use of a variety of endo- and exo-glycosidases as described by Thotakura et al., Meth. Enzvmoi., X38:350 (1987).
Glycosylation at potential glycosylation sites may be prevented by the use of the compound tunicamycin as described by Duksin et al., J. Biol. Chem., ~:3 I 05 ( 1982).
Tunicamycin blocks the formation of protein-N-glycoside linkages.
Another type of covalent modification of HVEM comprises linking the HVEM
polypeptide to one of a variety of nonproteinaceous polymers, e.g., polyethylene glycol, polypropylene glycol, or polyoxyalkylenes, in the manner set forth in U.S. Patent N~os. 4,640,835;
4,496,689; 4,301,144; 4,670,417;
4,791,192 or 4,179,337.
if the HVEM is membrane-bound, it can be released from the membrane using a suitable detergent solution (e.g.
Triton-X 100) or its extracelluiar region may be released by enzymatic cleavage.
When HVEM is produced in a recombinant cell other than one of human origin, the HVEM
is free of proteins or polypeptides of human origin. However, it may be desired to purify HVEM from recombinant cell proteins or polypeptides to obtain preparations that are substantially homogeneous as to HVEM. As a first step, the culture medium or lysate may be centrifuged to remove particulate cell debris.
HVEM thereafter is purified from contaminant soluble proteins and poiypeptides, with the following procedures being exemplary of suitable purification procedures: by fractionation on an ion-exchange column;
ethanol precipitation; reverse phase HPLC; chromatography on silica or on a canon-exchange resin such as DEAF; chromatofocusing; SDS-PAGE; ammonium sulfate precipitation; gel filtration using, for example, Sephadex G-75; and protein A Sepharose columns to remove contaminants such as IgG.
HVEM variants in which residues have been deleted) inserted, or substituted can be recovered in the same fashion as native sequence HVE1VI, taking account of any substantial changes in properties occasioned by the variation. For example, preparation of an HVEM
fusion with another protein or polypeptide, e.g., a bacterial or viral antigen, immunoglobulin sequence, or receptor sequence, may facilitate purification; an immunoaffmity column containing antibody to the sequence can be used to adsorb the fusion polypeptide. Other types of affinity matrices also can be used.
A protease inhibitor such as phenyl methyl sulfonyl fluoride (PMSF) also may be useful to inhibit proteolytic degradation during purification, and antibiotics may be included to prevent the growth of adventitious contaminants. One skilled in the art will appreciate that purification methods suitable for native sequence HVEM may require modification to account for changes in the character of HVEM or its variants upon expression in recombinant cell culture.
7. Covalent Modifccations of HVEM Po~y,~yides Covalent modifications of HVEM are included within the scope of this invention. One type of covalent modification of the HVEM is introduced into the: molecule by reacting targeted amino acid residues of the HVEM with an organic derivatizing agent that is capable of reacting with selected side chains or the N-or C- terminal residues of the HVEM.
Derivatization with bifunctional agents is useful for crosslinking HVEM to a water-insoluble support matrix or surface for use in the method for purifying anti-HVEM
antibodies, and vice-versa.
Derivatization with one or more bifunctional agents will al:>o be useful for crosslinking HVEM molecules to generate HVEM dimers. Such dimers may increase binding avidity and extend half life of the molecule in vivo.
Commonly used crosslinking agents include, e.g., 1) 1-bis( diazoacetyl)-2-phenylethane, glutaraidehyde, N-hydroxysuccinimide esters, for example, esters with 4-azidosalicylic acid, homobifunctional imidoesters, including disuccinimidyl esters such as 3,3'-dithiobis(succinimidylpropionate)) and bifunctional maleimides such as bis-N-maleimido-1,8-octane. Derivatizing agents such as methyl-3-[(p-azidophenyl)dithio]propioimi-date yield photoactivatable intermediates that are capable of forming crosslinks in the presence of light.
Alternatively, reactive water-insoluble matrices such as cyanogen bromide-activated carbohydrates and the reactive substrates described in U.S. Patent Nos. 3,969,287; 3,691,016;
4,195,128; 4,247,642; 4,229,537; and 4,330,440 are employed for protein immobilization.
Other modifications include deamidation of glutaminyl and asparaginyl residues to the corresponding glutamyl and aspartyl residues, respectively) hydroxylation of proline and lysine, phosphorylation of hydroxyl groups of seryl or threonyl residues, methylation of the a-amino groups of lysine, arginine, and histidine side chains (T.E. Creighton, reins: Structure and Molecular Pro e~, W.H.
Freeman & Co., San Francisco, pp. 79-86 ( 1983)], acetylation of the N-terminal amine, and amidation of any C-terminal carboxyl group. The modified forms of the residues fall within the scope of the present invention.
Another type of covalent modification of the HVEM polypeptide included within the scope of this invention comprises altering the native glycosylation pattern of the polypeptide. "Altering the native glycosylation pattern" is intended for purposes herein to mean deleting one or more carbohydrate moieties found in native sequence HVEM, and/or adding one or more glycosylation sites that are not present in the native sequence HVEM.
Glycosylation of polypeptides is typically either N-linked or O-linked. N-linked refers to the attachment of the carbohydrate moiety to the side chain of an asparagine residue. The tripeptide sequences asparagine-X-serine and asparagine-X-threonine, where X is any amino acid except proiine, are the recognition sequences for enzymatic attachment of the carbohydrate moiety to the asparagine side chain. Thus, the presence of either of these tripeptide sequences in a polypeptide creates a potential glycosylation site. O-linked glycosylation refers to the attachment of one of the sugars N-aceylgalactosamine, galactose, or xylose to a hydroxylamino acid, most commonly serine or threonine, although 5-hydroxyproline or 5-hydroxylysine may also be used.
Addition of glycosylation sites to the HVEM polypeptide may be accomplished by altering the amino acid sequence such that it contains one or more of the above-described tripeptide sequences (for N-linked glycosylation sites). The alteration may also be made by the addition of, or substitution by, one or more serine or threonine residues to the native sequence HVEM (for O-linked glycosylation sites). The HVEM
amino acid sequence may optionally be altered through changes at the DNA
level, particularly by mutating the DNA encoding the HVEM polypeptide at preselected bases such that codons are generated that will translate into the desired amino acids. The DNA mutations) may be made using methods described above and in U.S.
Pat. No. 5,364,934, supra.
Another means of increasing the number of carbohydrate moieties on the HVEM
polypeptide is by chemical or enzymatic coupling of glycosides to the polypeptide.
Depending on the coupling mode used, the sugars) may be attached to (a) arginine and histidine, (b) free carboxyl groups, (c) free sulfhydryl groups such as those of cysteine, (d) free hydroxyl groups such as those of serine, threonine) or hydroxyproline, (e) aromatic residues such as those of phenylalanine, tyrosine) or tryptophan, or (f) the amide group of glutamine.
These methods are described in WO 87/05330 published 11 September 1987, and in Aplin and Wriston, ARC
Crit. Rev. Biochem., pp. 259-306 (1981}.
Removal of carbohydrate moieties present on the HVEM polypeptide may be accomplished chemically or enzymatically or by mutational substitution of codons encoding for amino acid residues that serve as targets for glycosylation. For instance, chemical deglycosylation by exposing the potypeptide to the compound trifluoromethanesulfonic acid, or an equivalent compound can result in the cleavage of most or all sugars except the linking sugar (N-acetylglucosamine or N-acetylgalactosamine), while leaving the polypeptide intact. Chemical deglycosylation is described by Hakimuddin, et al., Arch.
Biochem. Bionhvs., ?59:52 ( 1987) and by Edge et al., Anal. Biochem., 118:131 (1981). Enzymatic cleavage of carbohydrate moieties on polypeptides can be achieved by the use of a variety of endo- and exo-glycosidases as described by Thotakura et al., Meth. Enzvmoi., X38:350 (1987).
Glycosylation at potential glycosylation sites may be prevented by the use of the compound tunicamycin as described by Duksin et al., J. Biol. Chem., ~:3 I 05 ( 1982).
Tunicamycin blocks the formation of protein-N-glycoside linkages.
Another type of covalent modification of HVEM comprises linking the HVEM
polypeptide to one of a variety of nonproteinaceous polymers, e.g., polyethylene glycol, polypropylene glycol, or polyoxyalkylenes, in the manner set forth in U.S. Patent N~os. 4,640,835;
4,496,689; 4,301,144; 4,670,417;
4,791,192 or 4,179,337.
8. HVEM Chimeras The present invention also provides chimeric molecules comprising HVEM fused to another, heterologous polypeptide or amino acid sequence.
In one embodiment, the chimeric molecule comprises a fusion of the HVEM with a tag polypeptide which provides an epitope to which an anti-tag antibody can selectively bind. The epitope tag is generally placed at the amino- or carboxyl- terminus of the H'VEM. The presence of such epitope-tagged forms of the HVEM can be detected using an antibody against the: tag polypeptide.
Also, provision of the epitope tag enables the HVEM to be readily purified by affinity purification using an anti-tag antibody or another type of affinity matrix that binds to the epitope tag.
Various tag polypeptides and their respective antibodies are well known in the art. Examples include the flu HA tag polypeptide and its antibody 12CA5 [Field et al., Mol.
Cell. Biol., $:2159-2165 ( 1988)];
the c-myc tag and the 8F9) 3C7, 6Ei0, G4, B7 and 9E10 antibodies thereto [Evan et al., Molecular and Cellular I 5 BioloQV, x:3610-3616 ( 1985)); and the Herpes Simplex virus giycoprotein D
(gD) tag and its antibody [Paborsky et al., Protein Engineerine, x(6):547-553 (1990)). Other tag polypeptides include the Flag-peptide [Hopp et al.) BioTechnoloev, ø:1204-1210 (1988)]; the KT3 epitope peptide [Martin et al., ' ce, 5~5:192-194 (1992)]; an a-tubulin epitope peptide [Skinner et al., J Biol. Chem., xøø:15163-15166 (1991)]; and the T7 gene 10 protein peptide tag [Lutz-Freyertnuth et al., ~~, Natl. Acad. Sci.
USA, x:6393-6397 (1990)].
Once the tag polypeptide has been selected, an antibody thereto can be generated using the techniques disclosed herein.
Generally, epitope-tagged HVEM may be constructed and produced according to the methods described above. HVEM-tag poiypeptide fusions are preferably constructed by fusing the cDNA
sequence encoding the HVEM portion in-frame to the tag polypeptide DNA
sequence and expressing the resultant DNA fusion construct in appropriate host cells;. Ordinarily, when preparing the HVEM-tag polypeptide chimeras of the present invention, nucleic acid erncoding the HVEM
will be fused at its 3' end to nucleic acid encoding the N-terminus of the tag polypeptide, however 5' fusions are also possible. For example, a polyhistidine sequence of about 5 to about 10 histidine residues may be fused at the N- terminus or the C- terminus and used as a purification handle in affinity chromatography.
Epitope-tagged HVEM can be purified by affinity chromatography using the anti-tag antibody. The matrix to which the affinity antibody is attached may include, for instance) agarose) controlled pore glass or poly(styrenedivinyl)benzene. The epitope-to~;ged HVEM can then be eluted from the affinity column using techniques known in the art.
In another embodiment, the chimeric molecule comprises an HVEM polypeptide fused to an immunoglobulin sequence. The chimeric molecule may also comprise a particular domain sequence of HVEM, such as the extracellular domain sequence of native HVEM fused to an immunoglobulin sequence.
This includes chimeras in monomeric, homo- or heteromultiimeric, and particularly homo- or heterodimeric, or -tetrameric forms; optionally, the chimeras may be in ditneric forms or homodimeric heavy chain forms.
-i9-Generally, these assembled immunoglobulins will have known unit structures as represented by the following diagrams.
X or A
\ CH or CL
X or A
\ Y CH or CL
A
A \ CL
\ CH
A
VH \ CL
\ CH
VL
A \ CL
\ CH
X
A \ CL
\ CH
A
X \ CL
\ CH
A basic four chain structural unit is the form in which IgG, IgD, and IgE
exist. A four chain unit is repeated in the higher molecular weight immunoglobulins; IgM generally exists as a pentamer of basic four-chain units held together by disulfide bonds. IgA globulin, and occasionally IgG globulin, may also exist in a multimeric form in serum. In the case of multimers, each four chain unit may be the same or different.
The following diagrams depict some exemplary monomer, homo- and heterodimer and homo and heteromultimer structures. These diagrams are merely illustrative, and the chains of the multimers are believed to be disulfide bonded in the same fashion as native immunoglobulins.
monomer: A CL or CH
homodimer: A
\ CL or CH
CL or CH
/
A
heterodimer: A
\ CL or CH
CL or CH
/
X
A
'. homotetramer: A \ CL
\ CL or CH
CL or CH
/ CL
A /
A
~ A
heterotetramer: A \ CL
\ CL or CH
CL or CH
/ CL
X
X
and A
X \ CL
\ CL or CH
CL or CH
/ CL
A /
X
In the foregoing diagrams, "A" means an HVEM sequence or an HVEM sequence fused to a heterologous sequence; X is an additional agent, which may be the same as A
or different, a portion of an immunoglobulin superfamily member such as a variable region or a variable region-like domain, including a native or chimeric immunoglobulin variable region, a toxin such a pseudomonas exotoxin or ricin, or a sequence functionally binding to another protein, such as other cytokines (i.e., IL-1, interferon-y) or cell surface molecules (i.e., NGFR, CD40) OX40, Fas antigen, '.f2 proteins of Shope and myxoma poxviruses), or a polypeptide therapeutic agent not otherwise normally a;;sociated with a constant domain; Y is a linker or another receptor sequence; and VL, VH, C~ and CH represent light or heavy chain variable or constant domains of an immunoglobulin. Shuctures comprising at least one CRD of an HVEM
sequence as "A" and another cell-surface protein having a repetitive pattern of CRDs (such as TNFR) as "X" are specifically included.
It will be understood that the above diagrams are merely exemplary of the possible structures of the chimeras of the present invention) and do not encompass all possibilities. For example, there might desirably be several different "A"s) "X"s, or "Y"s in any of these constructs.
Also, the heavy or light chain constant domains may be originated from the same or different immunoglobulins.
All possible permutations of the illustrated and similar structures are all within the scope of the invention herein.
In general, the chimeric molecules cans be constructed in a fashion similar to chimeric antibodies in which a variable domain from an antibody of one species is substituted for the variable domain of another species. See, for example, EP 0 I25 023; EP 173,494; Munro, Nature) x:597 (13 December I 984); Neuberger et al., Nature, x:604-608 ( 13 December 1984); Sharon et al., Nature, ~QQ:364-367 (24 May 1984); Morrison et al., Proc. Nat'1. Acad. Sci. USA, $x:6851-6855 (1984);
Morrison et al., Science) 7:1202-1207 (1985); Boulianne et al., Mature, ~?:643~-646 (13 December 1984);
Capon et al., Nature, X7:525-531 (1989); Traunecker et al., Nature, x:68-70 (1989).
Alternatively, the, chimeric molecules mary be constructed as follows. The DNA
including a region encoding the desired sequence, such as an HVEM and/or TNFR sequence, is cleaved by a restriction enzyme at or proximal to the 3' end of the DNA encoding the immunoglobulin-like domains) and at a point at or near the DNA encoding the N-terminal end of the HVEM or TNFR polypeptide (where use of a different leader is contemplated) or at or proximal to the N-terminal coding region for TNFR (where the native signal is employed). This DNA fragment then is readily inserted proximal to DNA
encoding an immunoglobulin light or heavy chain constant region and) if necessary, the resulting construct tailored by deletional mutagenesis.
Preferably, the Ig is a human immunoglobulin when the chimeric molecule is intended for in vivo therapy for humans. DNA encoding immunoglobulin light or heavy chain constant regions is known or readily available from cDNA libraries or is synthesized. See for example, Adams et al., ~iochemistrv, x:2711-2719 (1980);
Gough et al., Biochemistry, 19:2702-2710 ( 1980); Dolby et al., Proc. Natl.
Acad. Sci.. USA, 77:6027-6031 (1980); Rice et al., [hoc. Natl. Acad. Sci., 79:7862-7865 (1982); Falkner et al., Nature, X8:286-288 (1982);
and Morrison et al., Ann. Rev. Immunol., x:239-256 (1984).
Further details of how to prepare such fusions are found in publications concerning the preparation of immunoadhesins. Immunoadhesins in general) and CD4-Ig fusion molecules specifically are disclosed in WO 89/02922, published 6 April 1989. Molecules comprising the extracellular portion of CD4, the receptor for human immunodeficiency virus (HIV), linked to IgG heavy chain constant region are known in the art and have been found to have a markedly longer half life and lower clearance than the soluble extracellular portion of CD4 [Capon et al.) supra; Byrn et al., Nature, x:667 (1990)]. The construction of specific chimeric TNFR-IgG molecules is also described in Ashkenazi et al.
Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., X8:10535-10539 ( 1991 ); Lesslauer et al. [J. Cell. Biochem. Supplement 1 SF, 1991, p.
115 (P 432)]; and Peppel and Beutler, J. Cell. Bioc~em. Supplement 15F, 1991, p. 118 (P 439)].
B. Uses for HVEM
Nucleic acid sequences encoding the HVEM may be used as a diagnostic for tissue-specific typing. For example, procedures like in situ hybridization, Northern and Southern blotting, and PCR analysis may be used to determine whether DNA andlor RNA encoding HVEM is present in the cell types) being evaluated. HVEM nucleic acid will also be useful for the preparation of HVEM
by the recombinant techniques described herein.
The isolated HVEM may be used in quantitative diagnostic assays as a control against which samples containing unknown quantities of HVEM may be prepared. HVEM
preparations are also useful in generating antibodies, as standards in assays for HVEM (e.g.) by labeling HVEM
for use as a standard in a radioimmunoassay, radioreceptor assay, or enzyme-linked immunoassay), in affinity purification techniques, and in competitive-type receptor binding assays when labeled with, for instance, radioiodine, enzymes, or fluorophores.
Modified forms of the HVEM, such as the HVEM-IgG chimeric molecules (immunoadhesins) described above, can be used as immunogens in producing anti-HVEM antibodies. Such modified forms of the HVEM may also be employed as inhibitors of HSV infection and/or of native ligands of HVEM.
Nucleic acids which encode HVEM or its modified forms can also be used to generate either transgenic animals or "knock out" animals which, in turn, are useful in the development and screening of therapeutically useful reagents. A transgenic animal (e.g., a mouse or rat) is an animal having cells that contain a transgene, which transgene was introduced into the animal or an ancestor of the animal at a prenatal, e.g., an embryonic stage. A transgene is a DNA which is integrated into the genome of a cell from which a transgenic animal develops. In one embodiment) cDNA encoding HV;EM or an appropriate sequence thereof can be used to clone genomic DNA encoding HVEM in accordance with established techniques and the genomic sequences used to generate trattsgenic animals that contain cells which express DNA
encoding HVEM. Methods for generating transgenic animals, particularly animals such as mice or rats, have become conventional in the art and are described, for example, in U.S. Patent Nos. 4,736,8Ei6 and 4,870,009.
Typically, particular cells would be targeted for HVEM transgene incorporation with tissue-specific enhancers.
Transgenic animals that include a copy of a transgene encoding HVEM introduced into the germ line of the animal at an embryonic stage can be used to examine the effect of increased expression of DNA encoding HVEM.
Such animals can be used as tester animals for reagents thought to confer protection from, for example, pathological conditions associated with HSV infection. In accordance with this facet of the invention, an animal is treated with the reagent and a reduced incidence of the pathological condition, compared to untreated animals bearing the transgene, would indicate a potential therapeutic intervention for the pathological condition.
In another embodiment, transgenic animals that carry a soluble form of HVEM such as the HVEM ECD or an immunoglobulin chimera of such form could be constructed to test the effect of chronic neutralization of the ligand of HVEM. Such animals could also be challenged, for example, by infectious agents like HSV or E.
coli and tested for susceptibility to infection or its consequences.
Alternatively, non-human homologues of HVEM can be used to construct a HVEM
"knock out" animal which has a defective or altered gene encoding HVEM as a result of homologous recombination between the endogenous gene encoding HVEM and altered genomic DNA encoding HVEM introduced into an embryonic cell of the animal. For example, cDNA encoding HVEM can be used to clone genomic DNA
encoding HVEM in accordance with established techniques. A portion of the genomic DNA encoding HVEM
can be deleted or replaced with another gene, such as a gene encoding a selectable marker which can be used to monitor integration. Typically, several kilobases of unaltered flanking DNA
(both at the 5' and 3' ends) are included in the vector [see e.g., Thomas and Capecchi) ~ell_, 51:503 ( 1987) for a description of homologous recombination vectors]. The vector is introduced into an embryonic stem cell line (e.g., by electroporation) and cells in which the introduced DNA has homologously rc;combined with the endogenous DNA are selected [see e.g., Li et al., C~,1 , øx:915 (1992)]. The selected cells a~-e then injected into a blastocyst of an animal (e.g., a mouse or rat) to form aggregation chimeras [see e.g., Br;adley, in Teratocarcinomas and Embryonic Stem Cells: A Practical Approach, E. J. Robertson, ed. (IRL, Oxford, 1987), pp. 113-152]. A chimeric embryo can then be implanted into a suitable pseudopregnant female foster animal and the embryo brought to term to create a "knock out" animal. Progeny harboring the homologously recombined DNA in their germ cells can be identified by standard techniques and used to breed animals in which all cells of the animal contain the homologously recombined DNA. Knockout animals can be characterized for instance, for their ability to defend against certain pathological conditions and for their development of pathological conditions due to absence ofthe HVEM polypeptide.
C. Anti-HVEM Antibody Pre a The present invention further provides anti-HVEM antibodies. Antibodies against HVEM
may be prepared as follows. Exemplary antibodies include polyclonal, monoclonal, humanized, bispecific, and heteroconjugate antibodies.
1. PolYclonal Antibodies The HVEM antibodies may comprise polyclonal antibodies. Methods of preparing polyclonal antibodies are known to the skilled artisan. Polyclonal antibodies can be raised in a mammal, for example, by one or more injections of an immunizing agent and, if desired, an adjuvant. Typically, the immunizing agent and/or adjuvant will be injected in the mammal by multiple subcutaneous or intraperitoneal injections. The immunizing agent may include the HVEM polypeptide or a fusion protein thereof. An example of a suitable immunizing agent is a HVEM-IgG fusion protein. Cells expressing HVEM at their surface may also be employed. It may be useful to conjugate the immunizing agent to a protein known to be immunogenic in the mammal being immunized. Examples of such immunogenic proteins which may be employed include but are not limited to keyhole limpet hemocyanin, serum albumin) bovine thyroglobulin, and soybean trypsin inhibitor. An aggregating agent such as alum may also be employed to enhance the mammal's immune response. Examples of adjuvants which may be employed include Freund's complete adjuvant and MPL-TDM
adjuvant (monophosphoryl Lipid A) synthetic trehalose dicorynomycolate). The immunization protocol may be selected by one skilled in the art without undue experimentation. The mammal can then be bled, and the serum assayed for antibody titer. If desired, the mammal can be boosted until the antibody titer increases or plateaus.
2. h~onoclonal Antibodies The HVEM antibodies may, altemativeiy, be monoclonal antibodies. Monoclonal antibodies may be prepared using hybridoma methods, such as those described by Kohler and Milstein, supra. In a hybridoma method, a mouse, hamster, or other appropriate host animal, is typically immunized (such as described above) with an immunizing agent to elicit lymphocytes that produce or are capable of producing antibodies that will specifically bind to the immunizing agent. Alternatively, the lymphocytes may be immunized in vitro.
The immunizing agent will typically include the HVEM polypeptide or a fusion protein thereof. An example of a suitable immunizing agent is a HVEM-IgG fusion protein or chimeric molecule.
Cells expressing HVEM at their surface may also be employed. Generally, either peripheral blood lymphocytes ("PBLs") are used if cells of human origin are desired, or spleen cells or lymph node cells are used if non-human mammalian sources are desired. The lymphocytes are then fused with an immortalized cell line using a suitable fusing agent, such as polyethylene glycol, to form a hybridoma cell [coding, Monoclonal Antibodies:
Principles and Practice, Academic Press, (1986) pp. 59-103]. Immortalized cell lines are usually transformed mammalian cells, particularly myeloma cells of rodent, bovine and human origin. Usually, rat or mouse myeloma cell lines are employed. The hybridoma cells may be cultured in a suitable culture medium that preferably contains one or more substances that inhibit the growth or survival of the unfused, immortalized cells. For example, if the parental cells lack the enzyme hypoxanthine guanine phosphoribosyl transferase (HGPRT or HPRT), the culture medium for the hybridomas typically will include hypoxanthine) aminopterin, and thymidine ("HAT medium"), which substances prevent the growth of HGPRT-deficient cells.
Preferred immortalized cell lines are those that fuse efficiently, support stable high level expression of antibody by the selected antibody-producing cells, and are sensitive to a medium such as HAT
medium. More preferred immortalized cell lines are mu:rine myeloma lines, which can be obtained, for instance, from the Salk Institute Cell Distribution Center, San Diego, California and the American Type Culture Collection, Rockville, Maryland. Human myeloma and mouse-human heteromyeloma cell lines also have been described for the production of human monoclonal antibodies [Kozbor, ~
Immunol., x:3001 ( 1984); Brodeur et al., ~]onoclonal Antibodv Production Techniaues and AnrZlications, Marcel Dekker, Inc., New York, (1987) pp.51-63].
The culture medium in which the hybridoma cells are cultured can then be assayed for the presence of monoclonal antibodies directed against HVEM. Preferably, the binding specificity of monoclonal antibodies produced by the hybridoma cells is determined by immunoprecipitation or by an in vitro binding assay, such as radioimmunoassay (RIA) or enryme-linked immunoabsorbent assay (ELISA). Such techniques and assays are known in the art. The binding affinity of the monoclonal antibody can, for example, be determined by the Scatchard analysis of Munson and Pollard, Anal. Biochem., x:220 (1980).
After the desired hybridoma cells are identified) the clones may be subcloned by limiting dilution procedures and grown by standard methods [coding;, ]. Suitable culture media for this purpose include, for example, Dulbecco's Modified Eagle's Medium and RPMI-1640 medium.
Alternatively, the hybridoma cells may be grown in vivo as ascites in a mammal.
The monoclonal antibodies secreted by the subclones may be isolated or purified from the culture medium or ascites fluid by conventional immunoglobulin purification procedures such as, for example, protein A-Sepharose, hydroxylapatite chromatography, gel electrophoresis, dialysis, or affinity chromatography.
The monoclonal antibodies may also be made by recombinant DNA methods, such as those described in U.S. Patent No. 4,816,567. DNA encoding the monoclonal antibodies of the invention can be readily isolated and sequenced using conventional procedures (e.g., by using oligonucfeotide probes that are capable of binding specifically to genes encoding the heavy and light chains of murine antibodies). The hybridoma cells of the invention serve as a preferred source; of such DNA.
Once isolated, the DNA may be placed into expression vectors) which are then transfected into host cells such as simian COS cells, Chinese hamster ovary (CHO) cells, or myeloma cells that do not otha:rwise produce immunoglobulin protein, to obtain the synthesis of monoclonal antibodies in the recombinant host cells. The DNA
also may be modified, for example, by substituting the coding sequence for human heavy and light chain constant domains in place of the homologous murine sequences [U.S. Patent No. 4,816,567; Morrison et al., supra] or by covalently joining to the immunoglobulin coding sequence all or part of the coding sequence for a non-immunoglobulin polypeptide. Such a non-immunogiobulin polypeptide can be substituted for the constant domains of an antibody of the invention) or can be substituted for the varialble domains of one antigen-combining site of an antibody of the invention to create a chimeric bivalent antibody.
The antibodies may be monovalent antibodies. Methods for preparing monovalent antibodies are well known in the art. For example, one method involves recombinant expression of immunoglobulin light chain and modified heavy chain. The heavy chain is truncated generally at any point in the Fc region so as to prevent heavy chain crosslinking. Alternatively, the relevant cysteine residues are substituted with another amino acid residue or are deleted so as to prevent crosslinking.
In vitro methods are also suitable for preparing monovalent antibodies.
Digestion of antibodies to produce fragments thereof, particularly, Fab fragments, can be accomplished using routine techniques known in the art. For instance, digestion can be performed using papain. Examples of papain digestion are described in WO 94/29348 published 12/22/94 and U.S. Patent No.
4,342,566. Papain digestion of antibodies typically produces two identical antigen binding fragments, called Fab fragments, each with a single antigen binding site, and a residual Fc fragment. Pepsin treatment yields an F(ab')2 fragment that has two antigen combining sites and is still capable of cross-linking antigen.
The Fab fragments produced in the antibody digestion also contain the constant domains of the light chain and the first constant domain (CH 1 ) of the heavy chain. Fab' fragments differ from Fab I S fragments by the addition of a few residues at the carboxy terminus of the heavy chain CH 1 domain including one or more cysteines from the antibody hinge region. Fab'-SH is the designation herein for Fab' in which the cysteine residues) of the constant domains bear a free thiol group. F(ab')2 antibody fragments originally were produced as pairs of Fab' fragments which have hinge cysteines between them.
Other chemical couplings of antibody fragments are also known.
3. Humanized Antibodies The HVEM antibodies ofthe invention may further comprise humanized antibodies or human antibodies. Humanized forms of non-human (e.g.) murine) antibodies are chimeric immunogiobulins, immunoglobulin chains or fragments thereof (such as Fv, Fab, Fab') F(ab')2 or other antigen-binding subsequences of antibodies) which contain minimal sequence derived from non-human immunoglobulin.
Humanized antibodies include human immunoglobulins (recipient antibody) in which residues from a complementary determining region (CDR) of the recipient are replaced by residues from a CDR of a non-human species (donor antibody) such as mouse, rat or rabbit having the desired specificity, affinity and capacity. 1n some instances, Fv framework residues of the human immunoglobulin are replaced by corresponding non-human residues. Humanized antibodies may also comprise residues which are found neither in the recipient antibody nor in the imported CDR or framework sequences. In general, the humanized antibody will comprise substantially all of at least one, and typically two, variable domains, in which all or substantially all of the CDR regions correspond to those of a non-human immunoglobulin and all or substantially all of the FR regions are those of a human immunoglobulin consensus sequence. The humanized antibody optimally also will comprise at least a portion of an immunoglobulin constant region (Fc), typically that of a human immunoglobulin [Jones et al., Nature, X1_:522-525 ( 1986);
Reichmann et al., Nature, 33~:323-329 (1988); and Presta, Curr. Op. Struct. Biol., x:593-596 (1992)].
Methods for humanizing non-human antibodies are well known in the art.
Generally, a humanized antibody has one or more amino acid residues introduced into it from a source which is non-human.
These non-human amino acid residues are often referred to as "import"
residues, which are typically taken from an "import" variable domain. Humanization can be essentially performed following the method of Winter and co-workers [Jones et al., Wig, x:522-525 ( 1986); lftiechmann et al., )) x,:323-327 ( I 988);
Verhoeyen et al., Science, ~,Q:1534-1536 (1988)], by substituting rodent CDRs or CDR sequences for the corresponding sequences of a human antibody. Accordingly, such "humanized"
antibodies are chimeric antibodies (LJ.S. Patent No. 4,816,567), wherein substantially less than an intact human variable domain has been substituted by the corresponding sequence from a non-human species. In practice, humanized antibodies are typically human antibodies in which some CDR residues and possibly some FR
residues are substituted by residues from analogous sites in rodent antibodies.
The choice of human variable domains, both light and heavy, to be used in making the humanized antibodies is very important in order to reduce ;antigenicity.
According to the "best-fit" method, the sequence of the variable domain of a rodent antibody is screened against the entire library of known human variable domain sequences. The human sequence which is closest to that of the rodent is then accepted as the human framework (FR) for the humanized antibody [Suns et al., J. Immunol., x:2296 (1993); Chothia and Lesk, J. Mol. Biol.) xø:901 (1987)]. Another method uses a particular framework derived from the consensus sequence of all human antibodies of a particular subgroup o1" light or heavy chains. The same framework may be used for several different humanized antibodies [Carter et al., Proc. Natl.
Acad. Sci. USA, x:4285 ( 1992);
Presta et al., J. Immunol., ]51:2623 ( 1993)].
It is further important that antibodies be humanized with retention of high affinity for the antigen and other favorable biological properties. To achieve this goal, according to a preferred method) humanized antibodies are prepared by a process of analysis ~of the parental sequences and various conceptual humanized products using three dimensional models of the parental and humanized sequences. Three dimensional immunoglobulin models are commonly available and are familiar to those skilled in the art.
Computer programs are available which illustrate and display probable three-dimensional conformational structures of selected candidate immunoglobulin sequences. Inspection of these displays permits analysis of the likely role of the residues in the functioning of the candidate immunoglobulin sequence, i.e., the analysis of residues that influence the ability of the candidate immunoglobulin to bind its antigen. In this way, FR
residues can be selected and combined from the consensus .and import sequence so that the desired antibody characteristic, such as increased affinity for the target antigen(s), is achieved. In general, the CDR residues are directly and most substantially involved in influencing antigen binding [see, 9 published 3 March 1994].
Transgenic animals (e.g., mice) that are capable, upon immunization, of producing a full repertoire of human antibodies in the absence of endogenous immunoglobulin production can be employed.
For example, it has been described that the homozygous delletion of the antibody heavy chain joining region (JH) gene in chimeric and germ-line mutant mice results in complete inhibition of endogenous antibody production. Transfer ofthe human germ-line immunoglobulin gene array in such germ-line mutant mice will result in the production of human antibodies upon antigen challenge [see) e.g., Jakobovits et al., ~ Natl.
~;ad. Sci. USA, ~Q:2551-255 (1993); Jakobovits et al., Nit rg, x:255-258 (1993); Bruggermann et al., ,fir in Immuno., 2:33 (1993)]. Human antibodies can also be produced in phage display libraries [Hoogenboom and Winter, J. Mol. Biol., 27:381 (1991); Marks et al., ~~ol. Biol., x:581 (1991)]. The techniques of Cole et al. and Boerner et al. are also available for the preparation of human monoclonal antibodies (Cole et al., Monoclonal Antibodies and Cancer Therapy, Alan R. Liss, p. 77 (1985) and Boemer et al., J. Immunol., 147 :86-95 ( 1991 )].
4. Bj~pecific Antibodies Bispecific antibodies are monoclonal, preferably human or humanized, antibodies that have binding specificities for at least two different antigens. In the present case, one of the binding specificities is for the HVEM, the other one is for any other antigen, and preferably for a cell-surface protein or receptor or receptor subunit.
Methods for making bispecific antibodies are known in the art. Traditionally, the recombinant production of bispecific antibodies is based on the co-expression of two immunoglobulin heavy-chainllight-chain pairs, where the two heavy chains have different specificities [Millstein and Cuello, Na re, X5:537-539 (1983)]. Because of the random assortment of immunoglobulin heavy and light chains, these hybridomas (quadromas) produce a potential mixture of ten different antibody molecules, of which only one has the correct bispecific structure. The purification of the correct molecule is usually accomplished by affinity 1 S chromatography steps. Similar procedures are disclosed in WO 93/08829, published 13 May l 993, and in Traunecker et al., EMBO J., 10:3655-3659 (1991).
According to a different and more preferred approach, antibody variable domains with the desired binding speci$cities (antibody-antigen combining sites) are fused to immunoglobulin constant domain sequences. The fusion preferably is with an immunoglobulin heavy-chain constant domain, comprising at least part of the hinge, CH2, and CH3 regions. It is preferred to have the first heavy-chain constant region (CH I ) containing the site necessary for light-chain binding present in at least one of the fusions. DNAs encoding the immunoglobulin heavy-chain fusions and) if desired, the immunoglobulin light chain, are inserted into separate expression vectors, and are co-transfected into a suitable host organism. This provides for great flexibility in adjusting the mutual proportions of the three polypeptide fragments in embodiments when unequal ratios of the three polypeptide chains used in the construction provide the optimum yields. It is, however, possible to insert the coding sequences for two or all three polypeptide chains in one expression vector when the expression of at least two polypeptide chains in equal ratios results in high yields or when the ratios are of no particular significance. In a preferred embodiment of this approach, the bispecific antibodies are composed of a hybrid immunoglobulin heavy chain with a first binding specificity in one arm, and a hybrid immunoglobulin heavy-chain/light-chain pair (providing a second binding specificity) in the other arm. It was found that this asymmetric structure facilitates the separation of the desired bispecific compound from unwanted immunoglobulin chain combinations, as the presence of an immunoglobulin tight chain in only one half of the bispecific molecule provides for a facile way of separation. This approach is disclosed in WO
94/04690 published 3 March 1994. For further details of generating bispecific antibodies see, for example, Suresh et al., Methods in Enzvmologv, x:210 (1986).
5. Heteroconjueate Antibodies Heteroconjugate antibodies are also within the scope of the present invention.
Heteroconjugate antibodies are composed of two covalently joined antibodies.
Such antibodies have, for example, been proposed to target immune system cells to unwanted cells [US
Patent No. 4,676,980], and for _28_ treatment of HIV infection [WO 91/00360; WO 92/200373;. EP 03089]. It is contemplated that the antibodies may be prepared in vitro using known methods in synthetic protein chemistry, including those involving crosslinking agents. For example, -immunotoxins may be constructed using a disulfide exchange reaction or by forming a thioether bond. Examples of suitable reagents for this purpose include iminothiolate and methyl-4-mercaptobutyrimidate and those disclosed, for example, in U.S. Pat. No.
4,676,980.
D. uses for HVEM Antibodies The HVEM antibodies of the invention have therapeutic utility. Antagonistic antibodies, for instance, may be used to block potential excessive inflammatory or autoimmune effects of HVEM activation resulting from NF-xB or AP-1 induction or to inhibit HSV infection. Agonistic HVEM antibodies may be used to supplant or supplement activity of the HVEM ligand as it pertains to regulating NF-xB or AP-1-induced gene expression.
HVEM antibodies may further be used in diagnostic assays for HVEM, e.g., detecting its expression in specific cells, tissues) or serum. Various diagnostic assay techniques known in the art may be used, such as competitive binding assays, direct or indirect sandwich assays and immunoprecipitation assays conducted in either heterogeneous or homogeneous phases [Zola, Monoclonal Antibodies: A Manual of Techniaues, CRC Press, Inc. (1987) pp. 147-158]. The antilbodies used in the diagnostic assays can be labeled with a detectable moiety. The detectable moiety should be capable of producing, either directly or indirectly, a detectable signal. For example, the detectable moiety ma;y be a radioisotope, such as 3H, 14C, 32p 355 or 1251 a fluorescent or chemiluminescent compound, such as lfluorescein isothiocyanate) rhodamine, or luciferin, or an enzyme, such as alkaline phosphatase, beta-galactosida~se or horseradish peroxidase. Any method known in the art for conjugating the antibody to the detectable moiety may be employed, including those methods described by Hunter et al., Nature, ~ 44:945 ( I 962); David et al., Biochemistry, j;~:1014 ( I 974); Pain et al., .1. Immunol. Meth., ~( :219 ( 1981 ); and Nygren, ~Histochem, and C ochem., x:407 ( 1982).
HVEM antibodies also are useful for the affinity purification of HVEM from recombinant cell culture or natural sources. In this process, the antibodies against HVEM
are immobilized on a suitable support) such a Sephadex resin or filter paper, using methods well known in the art. The immobilized antibody then is contacted with a sample containing the HVEM to be purified, and thereafter the support is washed with a suitable solvent that will remove substantially all the material in the sample except the HVEM, which is bound to the immobilized antibody. Finally, the support is washed with another suitable solvent that will release the HVEM from the antibody.
E. Kits ContaininE HVEM or HVEM Antibodies In a further embodiment of the invention) there are provided articles of manufacture and kits containing HVEM or HVEM antibodies which can be used, for instance, for the therapeutic or non-therapeutic applications described above. The article of manufacture comprises a container with a label. Suitable containers include, for example, bottles, vials, and test tubes. The containers may be formed from a variety of materials such as glass or plastic. The container holds a~ composition which includes an active agent that is effective for therapeutic or non-therapeutic applications, such as described above. The active agent in the composition is HVEM or an HVEM antibody. The label on the container indicates that the composition is used WO 98/259b7 PCT/ITS97/22278 for a specific therapy or non-therapeutic application, and may also indicate directions for either in vivo or in vitro use, such as those described above.
The kit of the invention will typically comprise the container described above and one or more other containers comprising materials desirable from a commercial and user standpoint, including buffers, diluents, filters, needles, syringes, and package inserts with instructions for use.
*****************************
The following examples are offered for illustrative purposes only, and are not intended to limit the scope of the present invention in any way.
All references cited in the present specification are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety.
~~MPLES
All restriction enzymes referred to in the examples were purchased from New England Biolabs and used according to manufacturer's instructions. All other commercially available reagents referred to in the examples were used according to manufacturer's instructions unless otherwise indicated. The source of those cells identified in the following examples, and throughout the specification, by ATCC accession numbers is the American Type Culture Collection, Rockville, Maryland.
EXAMPLE I
I_~t~pn c~~DNA clones Encoding HVEM
To isolate a cDNA for HVEM, a bacteriophage library of human retinal cDNA
(commercially available from Clontech) was screened by hybridization with a synthetic oligonucleotide probe based on an EST sequence (GenBank locus AA021617), which showed some degree of homology to members ofthe TNFR family. The oligonucleotide probe employed in the screening was 60 by long. Hybridization was conducted with a 1:1 mixture overnight at room temperature in buffer containing 20% formamide, SX SSC, 10% dextran sulfate, 0.1 % NaPiP04, O.OSM NaP04, 0.05 mg salmon sperm DNA, and 0.1 % sodium dodecyl sulfate, followed consecutively by one wash at room temperature in 6X SSC, two washes at 37° C in 1 X
SSC/0.1% SDS, two washes at 37° C in O.SX SSC/0.1 % SDS, and two washes at 37° C in 0.2X SSC/0.1% SDS.
Five positive clones (containing cDNA inserts of 1.8-l.9kb) were identified in the cDNA library, and the positive clones were confirmed to be specific by PCR using the above hybridization probe as a PCR primer.
Single phage plaques containing each ofthe five positive clones were isolated by limiting dilution and the DNA
was purified using a Wizard Lambda Prep DNA purification kit (commercially available from Promega).
The cDNA inserts from three of the five bacteriophage clones were excised from the vector arms by digestion with EcoRI, gel-purified, and subcloned into pRKS and sequenced on both strands. The three clones contained an identical open reading frame (with the exception of an intron found in one of the clones).
The entire nucleotide sequence of HVEM is shown in Figure 1. The cDNA
contained one open reading frame with a translationai initiation site assigned to the ATG
codon at nucleotide positions 86-88.
The surrounding sequence at this site is in reasonable agreement with the proposed consensus sequence for initiation sites [Kozak, J ell. Biol., ,]x:887-903 ( 1991 )]. The open reading frame ends at the termination codon TGA at nucleotide positions 925-927.
The predicted amino acid sequence of the full length HVEM contains 283 amino acids (See Fig. 1(SEQ ID NO:1)). A putative transmembrane region of the HVEM comprises amino acids 201-225 of Fig. 1 and a putative cytoplasmic region of the HVEM comprises amino acids 226-283 of Fig. 1. The sequence differs from the HVEM sequence reported in Montgomery et al., supra, in at least two amino acids: as shown in Fig. 1, codon 108 encodes a serine and codon 140 encodes an alanine. An alignment (using the AlignTM
computer program) of a 58 amino acid long cytoplasmic region of HVEM with other known members of the human TNF receptor family showed some sequence similarity, in particular to CD40 (12 identities) and LT-beta receptor ( 1 I identities).
Activation of NF-xB l~ H~ VEM
An assay was conducted to determine whether HVEM activates NF-xB.
hIEK 293 cells (ATCC) were transiently transfected by the calcium precipitation method with pRKS or with pRKS-based expression vectors for HVEM (see Example 1 )) TNFRI or Apo-3 (Genentech, Inc.) ( 10 Hcg/1 Ocm dish). Nuclear extracts were prepared 24 hours later as described by Marsters et al., Proc. Natl.
Acad. Sci., 92:5401-5405 (1995). As shown in Fig. 2(a), aliquots from each extract (1 ug total protein) was reacted (as described in Marsters et al., ~) with a 32P-labelled oligonucleotide based on a mutated NF-xB
target sequence (control radioprobe; plus strand sequence 5'-AGTTGAGGCGACTTTCCCAGGC-3' (SEQ ID
N0:3)) [see, also, Lenardo et al., ~, x,$:227-229 (1989)], or with a 32P-labelled oligonucleotide based on a wild-type NF-xB target sequence (plus strand sequence 5'-AGTTGAGGGGACTTTCCCAGGC-3' (SEQ ID
N0:4) [see, Lenardo et al., sulZ]. The NF-xB radioprobe was added alone or together with a 50-fold excess of unlabelled oligonucieotide of the same sequence (cold oligo). The reactions were subjected to electrophoresis on polyacrylamide gels and visualized by phosphorimager analysis (electrophoretic mobility shift assay "EMSA") as described in Marsters et al., ~~~. The position of the NF-xB- specific band is indicated by an arrow in Fig. 2a.
Aliquots from each nuclear extract were .also incubated with the NF-xB
specific radioprobe together with rabbit preimmune serum or with rabbit anti-p65/Rel A IgG
(purchased from Santa Cruz Biotechnology) and analyzed by EMSA as above. The positions of the nonshifted and the antibody shifted NF-xB probe are indicated by an ows in Fig. 2.
The cells transfected by the pRKS-based HVEM expression plasmid showed significant NF-xB activation relative to cells transfected by pRKS alone. The effect of transfection by TNFR 1 or Apo-3/DR-3 was tested for comparison. TNFR I and Apo-3/DR-3 have previously been shown to activate NF-xB [Tartaglia et al., ~, X4_:845-853 ( 1993); Chinnaiyan et al., Sciencg, x:990-992 ( 1996);
Genentech, Inc. (data not shown)]. The level of NF-xB activation by these receptors was similar to the level of activation by HVEM.
The specific antibody to the p65/ReIA subunit of NF-xB, bnt not the preimmune serum, inhibited mobility of the NF-xB probe in the case of each receptor (Fig. 2b). 'Chus, the NF-xB
complexes activated by HVEM, TNFRI and Apo-3 in HEK293 cells contain the p65/ReIA, protein.
An assay was conducted to determine whether HVEM activates AP-I.
HEK 293 cells were transiently transfected with pRKS or with pRKS-based expression vectors for HVEM (see Example 1 ) or TNFR 1 ( 10 fcg110cm dish). Nuclear extracts were prepared 24 hours later as described above in Example 2. Aliquots from each extract ( 1 ug total protein) were reacted (as described in Marsters et al., ) with a 32P-labelled oligonucleotide based on a mutated AP-I target sequence (control radioprobe; plus strand sequence 5'-CGCTTGATGACTTGGCCGGAA-3' (SEQ ID N0:5)) [see, also, Lee et al., ~glj, 49:741-752 (1987)], or with a 32P-labelled oligonucleotide based on a wild-type AP-1 target sequence (plus strand sequence 5'-CGCTTGATGACTCAGCCGGAA-3' (SEQ ID
N0:6) [see, Lee et al., supra]. The AP-1 radioprobe was added alone or together with a 50-fold excess of unlabelled oligonucleotide of the same sequence (cold oligo). The reactions were analyzed as described in Example 2 above. The position of the AP- l- specific band is indicated by an arrow in Fig. 3a.
Aliquots from each nuclear extract were also incubated with the AP-1 specific radioprobe l 5 together with rabbit preimmune serum or with rabbit anti-Jun B, anti-c-Jun) or anti-Jun D IgG (purchased from Santa Cruz Biotechnology) and analyzed by EMSA as above. The positions of the nonshifted and the antibody shifted AP-1 probe are indicated by arrows in Fig. 3b.
The HVEM-transfected cells showed marked AP-I activation as compared to cells trattsfected by ARKS alone; the level of activation was similar to the level of activation by TNFRI . (Fig. 3a).
Anti-Jun D antibody, but not antibody to c-Jun or Jun B or preimmune serum, inhibited the migration of the AP-I specific probe (Fig. 3b), indicating that Jun D participated in the AP-I
complexes activated by HVEM
and TNFRl in HEK293 cells. Jun D was previously shown to be activated by TNF
[Bierhaus et al., J.J. Biol.
Chem., ~Q:26419-26432 (1995)].
'fVorthern Blot ,~palxsis Expression of HVEM mRNA in human tissues was examined by Northern blot analysis.
Human RNA blots were hybridized to a NheI/SacI cDNA fragment containing the entire HVEM coding region (see Example 1 ). Human fetal RNA blot MTN (Clontech) and human adult RNA blot MTN-II (Clontech) were incubated with the DNA probe. Blots were incubated with the probes in hybridization buffer (5X SSPE; 2X
Denhardt's solution; 100 mglmL denatured sheared salmon sperm DNA; 50%
formamide; 2% SDS) for 60 hours at 42°C. The blots were washed several times in 2X SSC; 0.05% SDS
for 1 hour at room temperature, followed by a 30 minute wash in 0. I X SSC; 0.1 % SDS at 50°C. The blots were developed after overnight exposure.
As shown in Fig. 4, a predominant mRNA transcript of approximately l.8kb was detected in multiple adult (Fig. 4 a,b) and fetal (Fig. 4c) tissues. The predominant sites of expression were lymphocyte-rich tissues such as spleen and peripheral blood. A second transcript of about 3.8kb, as well as some larger transcripts also were detected.
SEQUENCE LISTING
(1) GENERAL
INFORMATION:
(i) APPLICANT: Genentech, Inc.
(ii) TITLE OF INVENTION: HVEM PolypeptidesUses Thereof and (iii) NUMBER OF SEQUENCES: 6 (iv) CORRESPONDENCE ADDRESS:
(A) ADDRESSEE: Genentech, Inc.
{B) STREET: 1 DNA Way {C) CITY: South San Francisco (D) STATE: California (E) COUNTRY: USA
(F) ZIP: 94080 (v) COMPUTER READABLE FORM:
(A) MEDIUM TYPE: 3.5 inch, 1.44 disk Mb floppy (B) COMPUTER: TBM PC compatible (C) OPERATING SYSTEM: PC-DOS/MS-DOS
(D) SOFTWARE: WinPatin (Genentech) (vi) CURRENT APPLICATION DATA:
(A) APPLICATION NUMBER:
(B) FILING DATE:
(C) CLASSIFICATION:
(viii)ATTORNEY/AGENT INFORMATION:
(A) NAME: Marschang, Diane L.
(B) REGISTRATION NUMBER: 35,600 (C) REFERENCE/DOCKET NUMBER: P1068PCT
(ix) TELECOMMUNICATION INFORMATION:
(A) TELEPHONE: 650/225-5416 (B) TELEFA7C: 650/952-9881 (2) INFORMATION
FOR
SEQ
ID
N0:1:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTTi: 283 amino acids (B) TYPE: Amino Acid (D) TOPOLOGY: Linear (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:1:
Met lu Pro Pro Gly Asp Trp Gly Pro Arg Ser G Pro Pro Trp Thr Pro Thr Phe Arg Leu Thr Asp Val Leu Arg Leu Val Leu Tyr Leu . Gly Ala Pro Cys Tyr Ala Pro Ala Leu Pro Ser Cys Lys Glu Asp Glu Tyr Pro Val Gly Ser Glu Cys Cys Pro Lys Cys Ser Pro Gly Tyr Arg LysGluAla CysGlyGluLeu ThrGlyThrVal Cys Val Glu Pro ProProGly ThrTyrIleAla HisLeuAsnGly Leu Cys Ser Lys LeuGlnCys GlnMetCysAsp ProAlaMetGly Leu Cys Arg Ala ArgAsnCys SerArgThrGlu AsnAlaValCys Gly Ser Cys Ser GlyHisPhe CysIleValGln AspGlyAspHis Cys Pro Ala Ala ArgAlaTyr AlaThrSerSer ProGlyGlnArg Val Cys Gln Lys G1yThrGlu SerGlnAspThr LeuCysGlnAsn Cys Gly l5 Pro Pro ThrPheSer ProAsnGlyThr LeuGluGluCys Gln Gly His Gln LysCysSer TrpLeuValThr LysAlaGlyAla Gly Thr Thr Ser SerHisTrp ValTrpTrpPhe LeuSerGlySer Leu Ser Val Ile I1eValCys SerThrValGly LeuIleIleCys Val Val Lys Arg LysProArg GlyAspValVal LysValIleVal Ser Arg Val Gln LysArgGln GluAlaGluGly GluAlaThrVal Ile Arg Glu Ala GlnAlaPro ProAspValThr ThrValAlaVal Glu Leu Glu Thr ProSerPhe ThrGlyArgSer ProAsnHis Tle (2) INFORMATION
FOR
SEQ
ID
N0:2:
(i) SEQUENCE
CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH:
base pairs (H) Nucleic Acid TYPE:
(C) Single STRANDEDNESS:
(D) Linear TOPOLOGY:
(xi} SEQID
SEQUENCE N0:2:
DESCRIPTION:
CAGGTTATCG TGTGAAGGAG GCCTGCGGGGAGC'TGACGGG CACAGTGTGT 300 CACCTCCAGC CCGGGCCAGA GGGTGCAGAAGGG:~1GGCACC GAGAGTCAGG 550 ACACCCTGTG TCAGAACTGC CCCCCGGGGACCT'TCTCTCC CAATGGGACC 600 CTGGAGGAAT GTCAGCACCA GACCAAGTGCAGC'PGGCTGG TGACGAAGGC 650 AAAAGAAGAA. AGCCAAGGGG TGATGTAGTCAAG(3TGATCG TCTCCGTCCA 800 GCGGAAAAGA CAGGAGGCAG AAGGTGAGGCCACi4GTCATT GAGGCCCTGC 850 AGGCCCCTCC GGACGTCACC ACGGTGGCCGTGGi4GGAGAC AATACCCTCA 900 TTCACGGGGA GGAGCCCAAA CCACTGA
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID
N0:3:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 22 base pairs (B) TYPE: Nucleic Acid (C) STRANDEDNESS: Single (D) TOPOLOGY: Linear (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: D N0:3:
SEQ I
AGTTGAGGCG ACTTTCCCAG GC
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID
N0:4:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 22 base pairs (B) TYPE: Nucleic Acid (C) STRANDEDNESS: Single (D) TOPOLOGY: Linear (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: D N0:4:
{2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID N0:5:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 21 base pairs (B) TYPE: Nucleic Acid (C) STRANDEDNESS: Single (D) TOPOLOGY: Linear (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:5:
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ TD N0:6:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 21 base pairs (B) TYPE: Nucleic Acid (C) STRANDEDNESS: Single (D) TOPOLOGY: Linear (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:6:
In one embodiment, the chimeric molecule comprises a fusion of the HVEM with a tag polypeptide which provides an epitope to which an anti-tag antibody can selectively bind. The epitope tag is generally placed at the amino- or carboxyl- terminus of the H'VEM. The presence of such epitope-tagged forms of the HVEM can be detected using an antibody against the: tag polypeptide.
Also, provision of the epitope tag enables the HVEM to be readily purified by affinity purification using an anti-tag antibody or another type of affinity matrix that binds to the epitope tag.
Various tag polypeptides and their respective antibodies are well known in the art. Examples include the flu HA tag polypeptide and its antibody 12CA5 [Field et al., Mol.
Cell. Biol., $:2159-2165 ( 1988)];
the c-myc tag and the 8F9) 3C7, 6Ei0, G4, B7 and 9E10 antibodies thereto [Evan et al., Molecular and Cellular I 5 BioloQV, x:3610-3616 ( 1985)); and the Herpes Simplex virus giycoprotein D
(gD) tag and its antibody [Paborsky et al., Protein Engineerine, x(6):547-553 (1990)). Other tag polypeptides include the Flag-peptide [Hopp et al.) BioTechnoloev, ø:1204-1210 (1988)]; the KT3 epitope peptide [Martin et al., ' ce, 5~5:192-194 (1992)]; an a-tubulin epitope peptide [Skinner et al., J Biol. Chem., xøø:15163-15166 (1991)]; and the T7 gene 10 protein peptide tag [Lutz-Freyertnuth et al., ~~, Natl. Acad. Sci.
USA, x:6393-6397 (1990)].
Once the tag polypeptide has been selected, an antibody thereto can be generated using the techniques disclosed herein.
Generally, epitope-tagged HVEM may be constructed and produced according to the methods described above. HVEM-tag poiypeptide fusions are preferably constructed by fusing the cDNA
sequence encoding the HVEM portion in-frame to the tag polypeptide DNA
sequence and expressing the resultant DNA fusion construct in appropriate host cells;. Ordinarily, when preparing the HVEM-tag polypeptide chimeras of the present invention, nucleic acid erncoding the HVEM
will be fused at its 3' end to nucleic acid encoding the N-terminus of the tag polypeptide, however 5' fusions are also possible. For example, a polyhistidine sequence of about 5 to about 10 histidine residues may be fused at the N- terminus or the C- terminus and used as a purification handle in affinity chromatography.
Epitope-tagged HVEM can be purified by affinity chromatography using the anti-tag antibody. The matrix to which the affinity antibody is attached may include, for instance) agarose) controlled pore glass or poly(styrenedivinyl)benzene. The epitope-to~;ged HVEM can then be eluted from the affinity column using techniques known in the art.
In another embodiment, the chimeric molecule comprises an HVEM polypeptide fused to an immunoglobulin sequence. The chimeric molecule may also comprise a particular domain sequence of HVEM, such as the extracellular domain sequence of native HVEM fused to an immunoglobulin sequence.
This includes chimeras in monomeric, homo- or heteromultiimeric, and particularly homo- or heterodimeric, or -tetrameric forms; optionally, the chimeras may be in ditneric forms or homodimeric heavy chain forms.
-i9-Generally, these assembled immunoglobulins will have known unit structures as represented by the following diagrams.
X or A
\ CH or CL
X or A
\ Y CH or CL
A
A \ CL
\ CH
A
VH \ CL
\ CH
VL
A \ CL
\ CH
X
A \ CL
\ CH
A
X \ CL
\ CH
A basic four chain structural unit is the form in which IgG, IgD, and IgE
exist. A four chain unit is repeated in the higher molecular weight immunoglobulins; IgM generally exists as a pentamer of basic four-chain units held together by disulfide bonds. IgA globulin, and occasionally IgG globulin, may also exist in a multimeric form in serum. In the case of multimers, each four chain unit may be the same or different.
The following diagrams depict some exemplary monomer, homo- and heterodimer and homo and heteromultimer structures. These diagrams are merely illustrative, and the chains of the multimers are believed to be disulfide bonded in the same fashion as native immunoglobulins.
monomer: A CL or CH
homodimer: A
\ CL or CH
CL or CH
/
A
heterodimer: A
\ CL or CH
CL or CH
/
X
A
'. homotetramer: A \ CL
\ CL or CH
CL or CH
/ CL
A /
A
~ A
heterotetramer: A \ CL
\ CL or CH
CL or CH
/ CL
X
X
and A
X \ CL
\ CL or CH
CL or CH
/ CL
A /
X
In the foregoing diagrams, "A" means an HVEM sequence or an HVEM sequence fused to a heterologous sequence; X is an additional agent, which may be the same as A
or different, a portion of an immunoglobulin superfamily member such as a variable region or a variable region-like domain, including a native or chimeric immunoglobulin variable region, a toxin such a pseudomonas exotoxin or ricin, or a sequence functionally binding to another protein, such as other cytokines (i.e., IL-1, interferon-y) or cell surface molecules (i.e., NGFR, CD40) OX40, Fas antigen, '.f2 proteins of Shope and myxoma poxviruses), or a polypeptide therapeutic agent not otherwise normally a;;sociated with a constant domain; Y is a linker or another receptor sequence; and VL, VH, C~ and CH represent light or heavy chain variable or constant domains of an immunoglobulin. Shuctures comprising at least one CRD of an HVEM
sequence as "A" and another cell-surface protein having a repetitive pattern of CRDs (such as TNFR) as "X" are specifically included.
It will be understood that the above diagrams are merely exemplary of the possible structures of the chimeras of the present invention) and do not encompass all possibilities. For example, there might desirably be several different "A"s) "X"s, or "Y"s in any of these constructs.
Also, the heavy or light chain constant domains may be originated from the same or different immunoglobulins.
All possible permutations of the illustrated and similar structures are all within the scope of the invention herein.
In general, the chimeric molecules cans be constructed in a fashion similar to chimeric antibodies in which a variable domain from an antibody of one species is substituted for the variable domain of another species. See, for example, EP 0 I25 023; EP 173,494; Munro, Nature) x:597 (13 December I 984); Neuberger et al., Nature, x:604-608 ( 13 December 1984); Sharon et al., Nature, ~QQ:364-367 (24 May 1984); Morrison et al., Proc. Nat'1. Acad. Sci. USA, $x:6851-6855 (1984);
Morrison et al., Science) 7:1202-1207 (1985); Boulianne et al., Mature, ~?:643~-646 (13 December 1984);
Capon et al., Nature, X7:525-531 (1989); Traunecker et al., Nature, x:68-70 (1989).
Alternatively, the, chimeric molecules mary be constructed as follows. The DNA
including a region encoding the desired sequence, such as an HVEM and/or TNFR sequence, is cleaved by a restriction enzyme at or proximal to the 3' end of the DNA encoding the immunoglobulin-like domains) and at a point at or near the DNA encoding the N-terminal end of the HVEM or TNFR polypeptide (where use of a different leader is contemplated) or at or proximal to the N-terminal coding region for TNFR (where the native signal is employed). This DNA fragment then is readily inserted proximal to DNA
encoding an immunoglobulin light or heavy chain constant region and) if necessary, the resulting construct tailored by deletional mutagenesis.
Preferably, the Ig is a human immunoglobulin when the chimeric molecule is intended for in vivo therapy for humans. DNA encoding immunoglobulin light or heavy chain constant regions is known or readily available from cDNA libraries or is synthesized. See for example, Adams et al., ~iochemistrv, x:2711-2719 (1980);
Gough et al., Biochemistry, 19:2702-2710 ( 1980); Dolby et al., Proc. Natl.
Acad. Sci.. USA, 77:6027-6031 (1980); Rice et al., [hoc. Natl. Acad. Sci., 79:7862-7865 (1982); Falkner et al., Nature, X8:286-288 (1982);
and Morrison et al., Ann. Rev. Immunol., x:239-256 (1984).
Further details of how to prepare such fusions are found in publications concerning the preparation of immunoadhesins. Immunoadhesins in general) and CD4-Ig fusion molecules specifically are disclosed in WO 89/02922, published 6 April 1989. Molecules comprising the extracellular portion of CD4, the receptor for human immunodeficiency virus (HIV), linked to IgG heavy chain constant region are known in the art and have been found to have a markedly longer half life and lower clearance than the soluble extracellular portion of CD4 [Capon et al.) supra; Byrn et al., Nature, x:667 (1990)]. The construction of specific chimeric TNFR-IgG molecules is also described in Ashkenazi et al.
Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., X8:10535-10539 ( 1991 ); Lesslauer et al. [J. Cell. Biochem. Supplement 1 SF, 1991, p.
115 (P 432)]; and Peppel and Beutler, J. Cell. Bioc~em. Supplement 15F, 1991, p. 118 (P 439)].
B. Uses for HVEM
Nucleic acid sequences encoding the HVEM may be used as a diagnostic for tissue-specific typing. For example, procedures like in situ hybridization, Northern and Southern blotting, and PCR analysis may be used to determine whether DNA andlor RNA encoding HVEM is present in the cell types) being evaluated. HVEM nucleic acid will also be useful for the preparation of HVEM
by the recombinant techniques described herein.
The isolated HVEM may be used in quantitative diagnostic assays as a control against which samples containing unknown quantities of HVEM may be prepared. HVEM
preparations are also useful in generating antibodies, as standards in assays for HVEM (e.g.) by labeling HVEM
for use as a standard in a radioimmunoassay, radioreceptor assay, or enzyme-linked immunoassay), in affinity purification techniques, and in competitive-type receptor binding assays when labeled with, for instance, radioiodine, enzymes, or fluorophores.
Modified forms of the HVEM, such as the HVEM-IgG chimeric molecules (immunoadhesins) described above, can be used as immunogens in producing anti-HVEM antibodies. Such modified forms of the HVEM may also be employed as inhibitors of HSV infection and/or of native ligands of HVEM.
Nucleic acids which encode HVEM or its modified forms can also be used to generate either transgenic animals or "knock out" animals which, in turn, are useful in the development and screening of therapeutically useful reagents. A transgenic animal (e.g., a mouse or rat) is an animal having cells that contain a transgene, which transgene was introduced into the animal or an ancestor of the animal at a prenatal, e.g., an embryonic stage. A transgene is a DNA which is integrated into the genome of a cell from which a transgenic animal develops. In one embodiment) cDNA encoding HV;EM or an appropriate sequence thereof can be used to clone genomic DNA encoding HVEM in accordance with established techniques and the genomic sequences used to generate trattsgenic animals that contain cells which express DNA
encoding HVEM. Methods for generating transgenic animals, particularly animals such as mice or rats, have become conventional in the art and are described, for example, in U.S. Patent Nos. 4,736,8Ei6 and 4,870,009.
Typically, particular cells would be targeted for HVEM transgene incorporation with tissue-specific enhancers.
Transgenic animals that include a copy of a transgene encoding HVEM introduced into the germ line of the animal at an embryonic stage can be used to examine the effect of increased expression of DNA encoding HVEM.
Such animals can be used as tester animals for reagents thought to confer protection from, for example, pathological conditions associated with HSV infection. In accordance with this facet of the invention, an animal is treated with the reagent and a reduced incidence of the pathological condition, compared to untreated animals bearing the transgene, would indicate a potential therapeutic intervention for the pathological condition.
In another embodiment, transgenic animals that carry a soluble form of HVEM such as the HVEM ECD or an immunoglobulin chimera of such form could be constructed to test the effect of chronic neutralization of the ligand of HVEM. Such animals could also be challenged, for example, by infectious agents like HSV or E.
coli and tested for susceptibility to infection or its consequences.
Alternatively, non-human homologues of HVEM can be used to construct a HVEM
"knock out" animal which has a defective or altered gene encoding HVEM as a result of homologous recombination between the endogenous gene encoding HVEM and altered genomic DNA encoding HVEM introduced into an embryonic cell of the animal. For example, cDNA encoding HVEM can be used to clone genomic DNA
encoding HVEM in accordance with established techniques. A portion of the genomic DNA encoding HVEM
can be deleted or replaced with another gene, such as a gene encoding a selectable marker which can be used to monitor integration. Typically, several kilobases of unaltered flanking DNA
(both at the 5' and 3' ends) are included in the vector [see e.g., Thomas and Capecchi) ~ell_, 51:503 ( 1987) for a description of homologous recombination vectors]. The vector is introduced into an embryonic stem cell line (e.g., by electroporation) and cells in which the introduced DNA has homologously rc;combined with the endogenous DNA are selected [see e.g., Li et al., C~,1 , øx:915 (1992)]. The selected cells a~-e then injected into a blastocyst of an animal (e.g., a mouse or rat) to form aggregation chimeras [see e.g., Br;adley, in Teratocarcinomas and Embryonic Stem Cells: A Practical Approach, E. J. Robertson, ed. (IRL, Oxford, 1987), pp. 113-152]. A chimeric embryo can then be implanted into a suitable pseudopregnant female foster animal and the embryo brought to term to create a "knock out" animal. Progeny harboring the homologously recombined DNA in their germ cells can be identified by standard techniques and used to breed animals in which all cells of the animal contain the homologously recombined DNA. Knockout animals can be characterized for instance, for their ability to defend against certain pathological conditions and for their development of pathological conditions due to absence ofthe HVEM polypeptide.
C. Anti-HVEM Antibody Pre a The present invention further provides anti-HVEM antibodies. Antibodies against HVEM
may be prepared as follows. Exemplary antibodies include polyclonal, monoclonal, humanized, bispecific, and heteroconjugate antibodies.
1. PolYclonal Antibodies The HVEM antibodies may comprise polyclonal antibodies. Methods of preparing polyclonal antibodies are known to the skilled artisan. Polyclonal antibodies can be raised in a mammal, for example, by one or more injections of an immunizing agent and, if desired, an adjuvant. Typically, the immunizing agent and/or adjuvant will be injected in the mammal by multiple subcutaneous or intraperitoneal injections. The immunizing agent may include the HVEM polypeptide or a fusion protein thereof. An example of a suitable immunizing agent is a HVEM-IgG fusion protein. Cells expressing HVEM at their surface may also be employed. It may be useful to conjugate the immunizing agent to a protein known to be immunogenic in the mammal being immunized. Examples of such immunogenic proteins which may be employed include but are not limited to keyhole limpet hemocyanin, serum albumin) bovine thyroglobulin, and soybean trypsin inhibitor. An aggregating agent such as alum may also be employed to enhance the mammal's immune response. Examples of adjuvants which may be employed include Freund's complete adjuvant and MPL-TDM
adjuvant (monophosphoryl Lipid A) synthetic trehalose dicorynomycolate). The immunization protocol may be selected by one skilled in the art without undue experimentation. The mammal can then be bled, and the serum assayed for antibody titer. If desired, the mammal can be boosted until the antibody titer increases or plateaus.
2. h~onoclonal Antibodies The HVEM antibodies may, altemativeiy, be monoclonal antibodies. Monoclonal antibodies may be prepared using hybridoma methods, such as those described by Kohler and Milstein, supra. In a hybridoma method, a mouse, hamster, or other appropriate host animal, is typically immunized (such as described above) with an immunizing agent to elicit lymphocytes that produce or are capable of producing antibodies that will specifically bind to the immunizing agent. Alternatively, the lymphocytes may be immunized in vitro.
The immunizing agent will typically include the HVEM polypeptide or a fusion protein thereof. An example of a suitable immunizing agent is a HVEM-IgG fusion protein or chimeric molecule.
Cells expressing HVEM at their surface may also be employed. Generally, either peripheral blood lymphocytes ("PBLs") are used if cells of human origin are desired, or spleen cells or lymph node cells are used if non-human mammalian sources are desired. The lymphocytes are then fused with an immortalized cell line using a suitable fusing agent, such as polyethylene glycol, to form a hybridoma cell [coding, Monoclonal Antibodies:
Principles and Practice, Academic Press, (1986) pp. 59-103]. Immortalized cell lines are usually transformed mammalian cells, particularly myeloma cells of rodent, bovine and human origin. Usually, rat or mouse myeloma cell lines are employed. The hybridoma cells may be cultured in a suitable culture medium that preferably contains one or more substances that inhibit the growth or survival of the unfused, immortalized cells. For example, if the parental cells lack the enzyme hypoxanthine guanine phosphoribosyl transferase (HGPRT or HPRT), the culture medium for the hybridomas typically will include hypoxanthine) aminopterin, and thymidine ("HAT medium"), which substances prevent the growth of HGPRT-deficient cells.
Preferred immortalized cell lines are those that fuse efficiently, support stable high level expression of antibody by the selected antibody-producing cells, and are sensitive to a medium such as HAT
medium. More preferred immortalized cell lines are mu:rine myeloma lines, which can be obtained, for instance, from the Salk Institute Cell Distribution Center, San Diego, California and the American Type Culture Collection, Rockville, Maryland. Human myeloma and mouse-human heteromyeloma cell lines also have been described for the production of human monoclonal antibodies [Kozbor, ~
Immunol., x:3001 ( 1984); Brodeur et al., ~]onoclonal Antibodv Production Techniaues and AnrZlications, Marcel Dekker, Inc., New York, (1987) pp.51-63].
The culture medium in which the hybridoma cells are cultured can then be assayed for the presence of monoclonal antibodies directed against HVEM. Preferably, the binding specificity of monoclonal antibodies produced by the hybridoma cells is determined by immunoprecipitation or by an in vitro binding assay, such as radioimmunoassay (RIA) or enryme-linked immunoabsorbent assay (ELISA). Such techniques and assays are known in the art. The binding affinity of the monoclonal antibody can, for example, be determined by the Scatchard analysis of Munson and Pollard, Anal. Biochem., x:220 (1980).
After the desired hybridoma cells are identified) the clones may be subcloned by limiting dilution procedures and grown by standard methods [coding;, ]. Suitable culture media for this purpose include, for example, Dulbecco's Modified Eagle's Medium and RPMI-1640 medium.
Alternatively, the hybridoma cells may be grown in vivo as ascites in a mammal.
The monoclonal antibodies secreted by the subclones may be isolated or purified from the culture medium or ascites fluid by conventional immunoglobulin purification procedures such as, for example, protein A-Sepharose, hydroxylapatite chromatography, gel electrophoresis, dialysis, or affinity chromatography.
The monoclonal antibodies may also be made by recombinant DNA methods, such as those described in U.S. Patent No. 4,816,567. DNA encoding the monoclonal antibodies of the invention can be readily isolated and sequenced using conventional procedures (e.g., by using oligonucfeotide probes that are capable of binding specifically to genes encoding the heavy and light chains of murine antibodies). The hybridoma cells of the invention serve as a preferred source; of such DNA.
Once isolated, the DNA may be placed into expression vectors) which are then transfected into host cells such as simian COS cells, Chinese hamster ovary (CHO) cells, or myeloma cells that do not otha:rwise produce immunoglobulin protein, to obtain the synthesis of monoclonal antibodies in the recombinant host cells. The DNA
also may be modified, for example, by substituting the coding sequence for human heavy and light chain constant domains in place of the homologous murine sequences [U.S. Patent No. 4,816,567; Morrison et al., supra] or by covalently joining to the immunoglobulin coding sequence all or part of the coding sequence for a non-immunoglobulin polypeptide. Such a non-immunogiobulin polypeptide can be substituted for the constant domains of an antibody of the invention) or can be substituted for the varialble domains of one antigen-combining site of an antibody of the invention to create a chimeric bivalent antibody.
The antibodies may be monovalent antibodies. Methods for preparing monovalent antibodies are well known in the art. For example, one method involves recombinant expression of immunoglobulin light chain and modified heavy chain. The heavy chain is truncated generally at any point in the Fc region so as to prevent heavy chain crosslinking. Alternatively, the relevant cysteine residues are substituted with another amino acid residue or are deleted so as to prevent crosslinking.
In vitro methods are also suitable for preparing monovalent antibodies.
Digestion of antibodies to produce fragments thereof, particularly, Fab fragments, can be accomplished using routine techniques known in the art. For instance, digestion can be performed using papain. Examples of papain digestion are described in WO 94/29348 published 12/22/94 and U.S. Patent No.
4,342,566. Papain digestion of antibodies typically produces two identical antigen binding fragments, called Fab fragments, each with a single antigen binding site, and a residual Fc fragment. Pepsin treatment yields an F(ab')2 fragment that has two antigen combining sites and is still capable of cross-linking antigen.
The Fab fragments produced in the antibody digestion also contain the constant domains of the light chain and the first constant domain (CH 1 ) of the heavy chain. Fab' fragments differ from Fab I S fragments by the addition of a few residues at the carboxy terminus of the heavy chain CH 1 domain including one or more cysteines from the antibody hinge region. Fab'-SH is the designation herein for Fab' in which the cysteine residues) of the constant domains bear a free thiol group. F(ab')2 antibody fragments originally were produced as pairs of Fab' fragments which have hinge cysteines between them.
Other chemical couplings of antibody fragments are also known.
3. Humanized Antibodies The HVEM antibodies ofthe invention may further comprise humanized antibodies or human antibodies. Humanized forms of non-human (e.g.) murine) antibodies are chimeric immunogiobulins, immunoglobulin chains or fragments thereof (such as Fv, Fab, Fab') F(ab')2 or other antigen-binding subsequences of antibodies) which contain minimal sequence derived from non-human immunoglobulin.
Humanized antibodies include human immunoglobulins (recipient antibody) in which residues from a complementary determining region (CDR) of the recipient are replaced by residues from a CDR of a non-human species (donor antibody) such as mouse, rat or rabbit having the desired specificity, affinity and capacity. 1n some instances, Fv framework residues of the human immunoglobulin are replaced by corresponding non-human residues. Humanized antibodies may also comprise residues which are found neither in the recipient antibody nor in the imported CDR or framework sequences. In general, the humanized antibody will comprise substantially all of at least one, and typically two, variable domains, in which all or substantially all of the CDR regions correspond to those of a non-human immunoglobulin and all or substantially all of the FR regions are those of a human immunoglobulin consensus sequence. The humanized antibody optimally also will comprise at least a portion of an immunoglobulin constant region (Fc), typically that of a human immunoglobulin [Jones et al., Nature, X1_:522-525 ( 1986);
Reichmann et al., Nature, 33~:323-329 (1988); and Presta, Curr. Op. Struct. Biol., x:593-596 (1992)].
Methods for humanizing non-human antibodies are well known in the art.
Generally, a humanized antibody has one or more amino acid residues introduced into it from a source which is non-human.
These non-human amino acid residues are often referred to as "import"
residues, which are typically taken from an "import" variable domain. Humanization can be essentially performed following the method of Winter and co-workers [Jones et al., Wig, x:522-525 ( 1986); lftiechmann et al., )) x,:323-327 ( I 988);
Verhoeyen et al., Science, ~,Q:1534-1536 (1988)], by substituting rodent CDRs or CDR sequences for the corresponding sequences of a human antibody. Accordingly, such "humanized"
antibodies are chimeric antibodies (LJ.S. Patent No. 4,816,567), wherein substantially less than an intact human variable domain has been substituted by the corresponding sequence from a non-human species. In practice, humanized antibodies are typically human antibodies in which some CDR residues and possibly some FR
residues are substituted by residues from analogous sites in rodent antibodies.
The choice of human variable domains, both light and heavy, to be used in making the humanized antibodies is very important in order to reduce ;antigenicity.
According to the "best-fit" method, the sequence of the variable domain of a rodent antibody is screened against the entire library of known human variable domain sequences. The human sequence which is closest to that of the rodent is then accepted as the human framework (FR) for the humanized antibody [Suns et al., J. Immunol., x:2296 (1993); Chothia and Lesk, J. Mol. Biol.) xø:901 (1987)]. Another method uses a particular framework derived from the consensus sequence of all human antibodies of a particular subgroup o1" light or heavy chains. The same framework may be used for several different humanized antibodies [Carter et al., Proc. Natl.
Acad. Sci. USA, x:4285 ( 1992);
Presta et al., J. Immunol., ]51:2623 ( 1993)].
It is further important that antibodies be humanized with retention of high affinity for the antigen and other favorable biological properties. To achieve this goal, according to a preferred method) humanized antibodies are prepared by a process of analysis ~of the parental sequences and various conceptual humanized products using three dimensional models of the parental and humanized sequences. Three dimensional immunoglobulin models are commonly available and are familiar to those skilled in the art.
Computer programs are available which illustrate and display probable three-dimensional conformational structures of selected candidate immunoglobulin sequences. Inspection of these displays permits analysis of the likely role of the residues in the functioning of the candidate immunoglobulin sequence, i.e., the analysis of residues that influence the ability of the candidate immunoglobulin to bind its antigen. In this way, FR
residues can be selected and combined from the consensus .and import sequence so that the desired antibody characteristic, such as increased affinity for the target antigen(s), is achieved. In general, the CDR residues are directly and most substantially involved in influencing antigen binding [see, 9 published 3 March 1994].
Transgenic animals (e.g., mice) that are capable, upon immunization, of producing a full repertoire of human antibodies in the absence of endogenous immunoglobulin production can be employed.
For example, it has been described that the homozygous delletion of the antibody heavy chain joining region (JH) gene in chimeric and germ-line mutant mice results in complete inhibition of endogenous antibody production. Transfer ofthe human germ-line immunoglobulin gene array in such germ-line mutant mice will result in the production of human antibodies upon antigen challenge [see) e.g., Jakobovits et al., ~ Natl.
~;ad. Sci. USA, ~Q:2551-255 (1993); Jakobovits et al., Nit rg, x:255-258 (1993); Bruggermann et al., ,fir in Immuno., 2:33 (1993)]. Human antibodies can also be produced in phage display libraries [Hoogenboom and Winter, J. Mol. Biol., 27:381 (1991); Marks et al., ~~ol. Biol., x:581 (1991)]. The techniques of Cole et al. and Boerner et al. are also available for the preparation of human monoclonal antibodies (Cole et al., Monoclonal Antibodies and Cancer Therapy, Alan R. Liss, p. 77 (1985) and Boemer et al., J. Immunol., 147 :86-95 ( 1991 )].
4. Bj~pecific Antibodies Bispecific antibodies are monoclonal, preferably human or humanized, antibodies that have binding specificities for at least two different antigens. In the present case, one of the binding specificities is for the HVEM, the other one is for any other antigen, and preferably for a cell-surface protein or receptor or receptor subunit.
Methods for making bispecific antibodies are known in the art. Traditionally, the recombinant production of bispecific antibodies is based on the co-expression of two immunoglobulin heavy-chainllight-chain pairs, where the two heavy chains have different specificities [Millstein and Cuello, Na re, X5:537-539 (1983)]. Because of the random assortment of immunoglobulin heavy and light chains, these hybridomas (quadromas) produce a potential mixture of ten different antibody molecules, of which only one has the correct bispecific structure. The purification of the correct molecule is usually accomplished by affinity 1 S chromatography steps. Similar procedures are disclosed in WO 93/08829, published 13 May l 993, and in Traunecker et al., EMBO J., 10:3655-3659 (1991).
According to a different and more preferred approach, antibody variable domains with the desired binding speci$cities (antibody-antigen combining sites) are fused to immunoglobulin constant domain sequences. The fusion preferably is with an immunoglobulin heavy-chain constant domain, comprising at least part of the hinge, CH2, and CH3 regions. It is preferred to have the first heavy-chain constant region (CH I ) containing the site necessary for light-chain binding present in at least one of the fusions. DNAs encoding the immunoglobulin heavy-chain fusions and) if desired, the immunoglobulin light chain, are inserted into separate expression vectors, and are co-transfected into a suitable host organism. This provides for great flexibility in adjusting the mutual proportions of the three polypeptide fragments in embodiments when unequal ratios of the three polypeptide chains used in the construction provide the optimum yields. It is, however, possible to insert the coding sequences for two or all three polypeptide chains in one expression vector when the expression of at least two polypeptide chains in equal ratios results in high yields or when the ratios are of no particular significance. In a preferred embodiment of this approach, the bispecific antibodies are composed of a hybrid immunoglobulin heavy chain with a first binding specificity in one arm, and a hybrid immunoglobulin heavy-chain/light-chain pair (providing a second binding specificity) in the other arm. It was found that this asymmetric structure facilitates the separation of the desired bispecific compound from unwanted immunoglobulin chain combinations, as the presence of an immunoglobulin tight chain in only one half of the bispecific molecule provides for a facile way of separation. This approach is disclosed in WO
94/04690 published 3 March 1994. For further details of generating bispecific antibodies see, for example, Suresh et al., Methods in Enzvmologv, x:210 (1986).
5. Heteroconjueate Antibodies Heteroconjugate antibodies are also within the scope of the present invention.
Heteroconjugate antibodies are composed of two covalently joined antibodies.
Such antibodies have, for example, been proposed to target immune system cells to unwanted cells [US
Patent No. 4,676,980], and for _28_ treatment of HIV infection [WO 91/00360; WO 92/200373;. EP 03089]. It is contemplated that the antibodies may be prepared in vitro using known methods in synthetic protein chemistry, including those involving crosslinking agents. For example, -immunotoxins may be constructed using a disulfide exchange reaction or by forming a thioether bond. Examples of suitable reagents for this purpose include iminothiolate and methyl-4-mercaptobutyrimidate and those disclosed, for example, in U.S. Pat. No.
4,676,980.
D. uses for HVEM Antibodies The HVEM antibodies of the invention have therapeutic utility. Antagonistic antibodies, for instance, may be used to block potential excessive inflammatory or autoimmune effects of HVEM activation resulting from NF-xB or AP-1 induction or to inhibit HSV infection. Agonistic HVEM antibodies may be used to supplant or supplement activity of the HVEM ligand as it pertains to regulating NF-xB or AP-1-induced gene expression.
HVEM antibodies may further be used in diagnostic assays for HVEM, e.g., detecting its expression in specific cells, tissues) or serum. Various diagnostic assay techniques known in the art may be used, such as competitive binding assays, direct or indirect sandwich assays and immunoprecipitation assays conducted in either heterogeneous or homogeneous phases [Zola, Monoclonal Antibodies: A Manual of Techniaues, CRC Press, Inc. (1987) pp. 147-158]. The antilbodies used in the diagnostic assays can be labeled with a detectable moiety. The detectable moiety should be capable of producing, either directly or indirectly, a detectable signal. For example, the detectable moiety ma;y be a radioisotope, such as 3H, 14C, 32p 355 or 1251 a fluorescent or chemiluminescent compound, such as lfluorescein isothiocyanate) rhodamine, or luciferin, or an enzyme, such as alkaline phosphatase, beta-galactosida~se or horseradish peroxidase. Any method known in the art for conjugating the antibody to the detectable moiety may be employed, including those methods described by Hunter et al., Nature, ~ 44:945 ( I 962); David et al., Biochemistry, j;~:1014 ( I 974); Pain et al., .1. Immunol. Meth., ~( :219 ( 1981 ); and Nygren, ~Histochem, and C ochem., x:407 ( 1982).
HVEM antibodies also are useful for the affinity purification of HVEM from recombinant cell culture or natural sources. In this process, the antibodies against HVEM
are immobilized on a suitable support) such a Sephadex resin or filter paper, using methods well known in the art. The immobilized antibody then is contacted with a sample containing the HVEM to be purified, and thereafter the support is washed with a suitable solvent that will remove substantially all the material in the sample except the HVEM, which is bound to the immobilized antibody. Finally, the support is washed with another suitable solvent that will release the HVEM from the antibody.
E. Kits ContaininE HVEM or HVEM Antibodies In a further embodiment of the invention) there are provided articles of manufacture and kits containing HVEM or HVEM antibodies which can be used, for instance, for the therapeutic or non-therapeutic applications described above. The article of manufacture comprises a container with a label. Suitable containers include, for example, bottles, vials, and test tubes. The containers may be formed from a variety of materials such as glass or plastic. The container holds a~ composition which includes an active agent that is effective for therapeutic or non-therapeutic applications, such as described above. The active agent in the composition is HVEM or an HVEM antibody. The label on the container indicates that the composition is used WO 98/259b7 PCT/ITS97/22278 for a specific therapy or non-therapeutic application, and may also indicate directions for either in vivo or in vitro use, such as those described above.
The kit of the invention will typically comprise the container described above and one or more other containers comprising materials desirable from a commercial and user standpoint, including buffers, diluents, filters, needles, syringes, and package inserts with instructions for use.
*****************************
The following examples are offered for illustrative purposes only, and are not intended to limit the scope of the present invention in any way.
All references cited in the present specification are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety.
~~MPLES
All restriction enzymes referred to in the examples were purchased from New England Biolabs and used according to manufacturer's instructions. All other commercially available reagents referred to in the examples were used according to manufacturer's instructions unless otherwise indicated. The source of those cells identified in the following examples, and throughout the specification, by ATCC accession numbers is the American Type Culture Collection, Rockville, Maryland.
EXAMPLE I
I_~t~pn c~~DNA clones Encoding HVEM
To isolate a cDNA for HVEM, a bacteriophage library of human retinal cDNA
(commercially available from Clontech) was screened by hybridization with a synthetic oligonucleotide probe based on an EST sequence (GenBank locus AA021617), which showed some degree of homology to members ofthe TNFR family. The oligonucleotide probe employed in the screening was 60 by long. Hybridization was conducted with a 1:1 mixture overnight at room temperature in buffer containing 20% formamide, SX SSC, 10% dextran sulfate, 0.1 % NaPiP04, O.OSM NaP04, 0.05 mg salmon sperm DNA, and 0.1 % sodium dodecyl sulfate, followed consecutively by one wash at room temperature in 6X SSC, two washes at 37° C in 1 X
SSC/0.1% SDS, two washes at 37° C in O.SX SSC/0.1 % SDS, and two washes at 37° C in 0.2X SSC/0.1% SDS.
Five positive clones (containing cDNA inserts of 1.8-l.9kb) were identified in the cDNA library, and the positive clones were confirmed to be specific by PCR using the above hybridization probe as a PCR primer.
Single phage plaques containing each ofthe five positive clones were isolated by limiting dilution and the DNA
was purified using a Wizard Lambda Prep DNA purification kit (commercially available from Promega).
The cDNA inserts from three of the five bacteriophage clones were excised from the vector arms by digestion with EcoRI, gel-purified, and subcloned into pRKS and sequenced on both strands. The three clones contained an identical open reading frame (with the exception of an intron found in one of the clones).
The entire nucleotide sequence of HVEM is shown in Figure 1. The cDNA
contained one open reading frame with a translationai initiation site assigned to the ATG
codon at nucleotide positions 86-88.
The surrounding sequence at this site is in reasonable agreement with the proposed consensus sequence for initiation sites [Kozak, J ell. Biol., ,]x:887-903 ( 1991 )]. The open reading frame ends at the termination codon TGA at nucleotide positions 925-927.
The predicted amino acid sequence of the full length HVEM contains 283 amino acids (See Fig. 1(SEQ ID NO:1)). A putative transmembrane region of the HVEM comprises amino acids 201-225 of Fig. 1 and a putative cytoplasmic region of the HVEM comprises amino acids 226-283 of Fig. 1. The sequence differs from the HVEM sequence reported in Montgomery et al., supra, in at least two amino acids: as shown in Fig. 1, codon 108 encodes a serine and codon 140 encodes an alanine. An alignment (using the AlignTM
computer program) of a 58 amino acid long cytoplasmic region of HVEM with other known members of the human TNF receptor family showed some sequence similarity, in particular to CD40 (12 identities) and LT-beta receptor ( 1 I identities).
Activation of NF-xB l~ H~ VEM
An assay was conducted to determine whether HVEM activates NF-xB.
hIEK 293 cells (ATCC) were transiently transfected by the calcium precipitation method with pRKS or with pRKS-based expression vectors for HVEM (see Example 1 )) TNFRI or Apo-3 (Genentech, Inc.) ( 10 Hcg/1 Ocm dish). Nuclear extracts were prepared 24 hours later as described by Marsters et al., Proc. Natl.
Acad. Sci., 92:5401-5405 (1995). As shown in Fig. 2(a), aliquots from each extract (1 ug total protein) was reacted (as described in Marsters et al., ~) with a 32P-labelled oligonucleotide based on a mutated NF-xB
target sequence (control radioprobe; plus strand sequence 5'-AGTTGAGGCGACTTTCCCAGGC-3' (SEQ ID
N0:3)) [see, also, Lenardo et al., ~, x,$:227-229 (1989)], or with a 32P-labelled oligonucleotide based on a wild-type NF-xB target sequence (plus strand sequence 5'-AGTTGAGGGGACTTTCCCAGGC-3' (SEQ ID
N0:4) [see, Lenardo et al., sulZ]. The NF-xB radioprobe was added alone or together with a 50-fold excess of unlabelled oligonucieotide of the same sequence (cold oligo). The reactions were subjected to electrophoresis on polyacrylamide gels and visualized by phosphorimager analysis (electrophoretic mobility shift assay "EMSA") as described in Marsters et al., ~~~. The position of the NF-xB- specific band is indicated by an arrow in Fig. 2a.
Aliquots from each nuclear extract were .also incubated with the NF-xB
specific radioprobe together with rabbit preimmune serum or with rabbit anti-p65/Rel A IgG
(purchased from Santa Cruz Biotechnology) and analyzed by EMSA as above. The positions of the nonshifted and the antibody shifted NF-xB probe are indicated by an ows in Fig. 2.
The cells transfected by the pRKS-based HVEM expression plasmid showed significant NF-xB activation relative to cells transfected by pRKS alone. The effect of transfection by TNFR 1 or Apo-3/DR-3 was tested for comparison. TNFR I and Apo-3/DR-3 have previously been shown to activate NF-xB [Tartaglia et al., ~, X4_:845-853 ( 1993); Chinnaiyan et al., Sciencg, x:990-992 ( 1996);
Genentech, Inc. (data not shown)]. The level of NF-xB activation by these receptors was similar to the level of activation by HVEM.
The specific antibody to the p65/ReIA subunit of NF-xB, bnt not the preimmune serum, inhibited mobility of the NF-xB probe in the case of each receptor (Fig. 2b). 'Chus, the NF-xB
complexes activated by HVEM, TNFRI and Apo-3 in HEK293 cells contain the p65/ReIA, protein.
An assay was conducted to determine whether HVEM activates AP-I.
HEK 293 cells were transiently transfected with pRKS or with pRKS-based expression vectors for HVEM (see Example 1 ) or TNFR 1 ( 10 fcg110cm dish). Nuclear extracts were prepared 24 hours later as described above in Example 2. Aliquots from each extract ( 1 ug total protein) were reacted (as described in Marsters et al., ) with a 32P-labelled oligonucleotide based on a mutated AP-I target sequence (control radioprobe; plus strand sequence 5'-CGCTTGATGACTTGGCCGGAA-3' (SEQ ID N0:5)) [see, also, Lee et al., ~glj, 49:741-752 (1987)], or with a 32P-labelled oligonucleotide based on a wild-type AP-1 target sequence (plus strand sequence 5'-CGCTTGATGACTCAGCCGGAA-3' (SEQ ID
N0:6) [see, Lee et al., supra]. The AP-1 radioprobe was added alone or together with a 50-fold excess of unlabelled oligonucleotide of the same sequence (cold oligo). The reactions were analyzed as described in Example 2 above. The position of the AP- l- specific band is indicated by an arrow in Fig. 3a.
Aliquots from each nuclear extract were also incubated with the AP-1 specific radioprobe l 5 together with rabbit preimmune serum or with rabbit anti-Jun B, anti-c-Jun) or anti-Jun D IgG (purchased from Santa Cruz Biotechnology) and analyzed by EMSA as above. The positions of the nonshifted and the antibody shifted AP-1 probe are indicated by arrows in Fig. 3b.
The HVEM-transfected cells showed marked AP-I activation as compared to cells trattsfected by ARKS alone; the level of activation was similar to the level of activation by TNFRI . (Fig. 3a).
Anti-Jun D antibody, but not antibody to c-Jun or Jun B or preimmune serum, inhibited the migration of the AP-I specific probe (Fig. 3b), indicating that Jun D participated in the AP-I
complexes activated by HVEM
and TNFRl in HEK293 cells. Jun D was previously shown to be activated by TNF
[Bierhaus et al., J.J. Biol.
Chem., ~Q:26419-26432 (1995)].
'fVorthern Blot ,~palxsis Expression of HVEM mRNA in human tissues was examined by Northern blot analysis.
Human RNA blots were hybridized to a NheI/SacI cDNA fragment containing the entire HVEM coding region (see Example 1 ). Human fetal RNA blot MTN (Clontech) and human adult RNA blot MTN-II (Clontech) were incubated with the DNA probe. Blots were incubated with the probes in hybridization buffer (5X SSPE; 2X
Denhardt's solution; 100 mglmL denatured sheared salmon sperm DNA; 50%
formamide; 2% SDS) for 60 hours at 42°C. The blots were washed several times in 2X SSC; 0.05% SDS
for 1 hour at room temperature, followed by a 30 minute wash in 0. I X SSC; 0.1 % SDS at 50°C. The blots were developed after overnight exposure.
As shown in Fig. 4, a predominant mRNA transcript of approximately l.8kb was detected in multiple adult (Fig. 4 a,b) and fetal (Fig. 4c) tissues. The predominant sites of expression were lymphocyte-rich tissues such as spleen and peripheral blood. A second transcript of about 3.8kb, as well as some larger transcripts also were detected.
SEQUENCE LISTING
(1) GENERAL
INFORMATION:
(i) APPLICANT: Genentech, Inc.
(ii) TITLE OF INVENTION: HVEM PolypeptidesUses Thereof and (iii) NUMBER OF SEQUENCES: 6 (iv) CORRESPONDENCE ADDRESS:
(A) ADDRESSEE: Genentech, Inc.
{B) STREET: 1 DNA Way {C) CITY: South San Francisco (D) STATE: California (E) COUNTRY: USA
(F) ZIP: 94080 (v) COMPUTER READABLE FORM:
(A) MEDIUM TYPE: 3.5 inch, 1.44 disk Mb floppy (B) COMPUTER: TBM PC compatible (C) OPERATING SYSTEM: PC-DOS/MS-DOS
(D) SOFTWARE: WinPatin (Genentech) (vi) CURRENT APPLICATION DATA:
(A) APPLICATION NUMBER:
(B) FILING DATE:
(C) CLASSIFICATION:
(viii)ATTORNEY/AGENT INFORMATION:
(A) NAME: Marschang, Diane L.
(B) REGISTRATION NUMBER: 35,600 (C) REFERENCE/DOCKET NUMBER: P1068PCT
(ix) TELECOMMUNICATION INFORMATION:
(A) TELEPHONE: 650/225-5416 (B) TELEFA7C: 650/952-9881 (2) INFORMATION
FOR
SEQ
ID
N0:1:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTTi: 283 amino acids (B) TYPE: Amino Acid (D) TOPOLOGY: Linear (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID NO:1:
Met lu Pro Pro Gly Asp Trp Gly Pro Arg Ser G Pro Pro Trp Thr Pro Thr Phe Arg Leu Thr Asp Val Leu Arg Leu Val Leu Tyr Leu . Gly Ala Pro Cys Tyr Ala Pro Ala Leu Pro Ser Cys Lys Glu Asp Glu Tyr Pro Val Gly Ser Glu Cys Cys Pro Lys Cys Ser Pro Gly Tyr Arg LysGluAla CysGlyGluLeu ThrGlyThrVal Cys Val Glu Pro ProProGly ThrTyrIleAla HisLeuAsnGly Leu Cys Ser Lys LeuGlnCys GlnMetCysAsp ProAlaMetGly Leu Cys Arg Ala ArgAsnCys SerArgThrGlu AsnAlaValCys Gly Ser Cys Ser GlyHisPhe CysIleValGln AspGlyAspHis Cys Pro Ala Ala ArgAlaTyr AlaThrSerSer ProGlyGlnArg Val Cys Gln Lys G1yThrGlu SerGlnAspThr LeuCysGlnAsn Cys Gly l5 Pro Pro ThrPheSer ProAsnGlyThr LeuGluGluCys Gln Gly His Gln LysCysSer TrpLeuValThr LysAlaGlyAla Gly Thr Thr Ser SerHisTrp ValTrpTrpPhe LeuSerGlySer Leu Ser Val Ile I1eValCys SerThrValGly LeuIleIleCys Val Val Lys Arg LysProArg GlyAspValVal LysValIleVal Ser Arg Val Gln LysArgGln GluAlaGluGly GluAlaThrVal Ile Arg Glu Ala GlnAlaPro ProAspValThr ThrValAlaVal Glu Leu Glu Thr ProSerPhe ThrGlyArgSer ProAsnHis Tle (2) INFORMATION
FOR
SEQ
ID
N0:2:
(i) SEQUENCE
CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH:
base pairs (H) Nucleic Acid TYPE:
(C) Single STRANDEDNESS:
(D) Linear TOPOLOGY:
(xi} SEQID
SEQUENCE N0:2:
DESCRIPTION:
CAGGTTATCG TGTGAAGGAG GCCTGCGGGGAGC'TGACGGG CACAGTGTGT 300 CACCTCCAGC CCGGGCCAGA GGGTGCAGAAGGG:~1GGCACC GAGAGTCAGG 550 ACACCCTGTG TCAGAACTGC CCCCCGGGGACCT'TCTCTCC CAATGGGACC 600 CTGGAGGAAT GTCAGCACCA GACCAAGTGCAGC'PGGCTGG TGACGAAGGC 650 AAAAGAAGAA. AGCCAAGGGG TGATGTAGTCAAG(3TGATCG TCTCCGTCCA 800 GCGGAAAAGA CAGGAGGCAG AAGGTGAGGCCACi4GTCATT GAGGCCCTGC 850 AGGCCCCTCC GGACGTCACC ACGGTGGCCGTGGi4GGAGAC AATACCCTCA 900 TTCACGGGGA GGAGCCCAAA CCACTGA
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID
N0:3:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 22 base pairs (B) TYPE: Nucleic Acid (C) STRANDEDNESS: Single (D) TOPOLOGY: Linear (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: D N0:3:
SEQ I
AGTTGAGGCG ACTTTCCCAG GC
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID
N0:4:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 22 base pairs (B) TYPE: Nucleic Acid (C) STRANDEDNESS: Single (D) TOPOLOGY: Linear (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: D N0:4:
{2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ ID N0:5:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 21 base pairs (B) TYPE: Nucleic Acid (C) STRANDEDNESS: Single (D) TOPOLOGY: Linear (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:5:
(2) INFORMATION FOR SEQ TD N0:6:
(i) SEQUENCE CHARACTERISTICS:
(A) LENGTH: 21 base pairs (B) TYPE: Nucleic Acid (C) STRANDEDNESS: Single (D) TOPOLOGY: Linear (xi) SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION: SEQ ID N0:6:
Claims (23)
1. Isolated HVEM polypeptide having at least about 80% sequence identity with native sequence HVEM polypeptide comprising amino acid residues 1 to 283 of Figure 1 (SEQ ID NO:1).
2. The HVEM polypeptide of claim 1 wherein said HVEM polypeptide has at least about 90%
sequence identity.
sequence identity.
3. The HVEM polypeptide of claim 2 wherein said HVEM polypeptide has at least about 95%
sequence identity.
sequence identity.
4. Isolated native sequence HVEM polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence of Figure 1 (SEQ ID NO:1).
5. A chimeric molecule comprising the HVEM polypeptide of claim 1 fused to a heterologous amino acid sequence.
6. The chimeric molecule of claim 5 wherein said heterologous amino acid sequence is an epitope tag sequence.
7. The chimeric molecule of claim 5 wherein said heterologous amino acid sequence is an immunoglobulin sequence.
8. The chimeric molecule of claim 7 wherein said immunoglobulin sequence is an IgG.
9. An antibody which specifically binds to the HVEM polypeptide of claim 1.
10. The antibody of claim 9 wherein said antibody is a monoclonal antibody.
11. The antibody of claim 10 which is an agonist antibody.
12. Isolated nucleic acid encoding the HVEM polypeptide of claim 1.
13. The nucleic acid of claim 12 wherein said nucleic acid encodes native sequence HVEM
polypeptide comprising amino acid residues 1 to 283 of Figure 1 (SEQ ID NO:1).
polypeptide comprising amino acid residues 1 to 283 of Figure 1 (SEQ ID NO:1).
14. A vector comprising the nucleic acid of claim 12.
15. The vector of claim 14 operably linked to control sequences recognized by a host cell transformed with the vector.
16. A host cell comprising the vector of claim 14.
17. A process of using a nucleic acid molecule encoding HVEM polypeptide to effect production of HVEM polypeptide comprising culturing the host cell of claim 16.
18. A non-human, transgenic animal which contains cells that express nucleic acid encoding HVEM polypeptide.
19. The animal of claim 18 which is a mouse or rat.
20. A non-human, knockout animal which contains cells having an altered gene encoding HVEM polypeptide.
21. The animal of claim 20 which is a mousse or rat.
22. An article of manufacture, comprising a container and a composition contained within said container, wherein the composition includes HVEM polypeptide or HVEM
antibodies.
antibodies.
23. The article of manufacture of claim 22 further comprising instructions for using the HVEM
polypeptide or HVEM antibodies in vivo or ex vivo.
polypeptide or HVEM antibodies in vivo or ex vivo.
Applications Claiming Priority (3)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US3270596P | 1996-12-12 | 1996-12-12 | |
US60/032,705 | 1996-12-12 | ||
PCT/US1997/022278 WO1998025967A1 (en) | 1996-12-12 | 1997-12-05 | Hvem polypeptides and uses thereof |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
CA2272822A1 true CA2272822A1 (en) | 1998-06-18 |
Family
ID=21866390
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
CA002272822A Abandoned CA2272822A1 (en) | 1996-12-12 | 1997-12-05 | Hvem polypeptides and uses thereof |
Country Status (6)
Country | Link |
---|---|
EP (1) | EP0948543A1 (en) |
JP (1) | JP2001526632A (en) |
AU (1) | AU5516898A (en) |
CA (1) | CA2272822A1 (en) |
WO (1) | WO1998025967A1 (en) |
ZA (1) | ZA9711156B (en) |
Families Citing this family (18)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US7427492B1 (en) | 1995-06-05 | 2008-09-23 | Human Genome Sciences, Inc. | Polynucleotides encoding human tumor necrosis factor receptor-like2 |
US6495520B2 (en) | 1996-03-22 | 2002-12-17 | Human Genome Sciences, Inc. | Apoptosis Inducing Molecule II and methods of use |
US7964190B2 (en) | 1996-03-22 | 2011-06-21 | Human Genome Sciences, Inc. | Methods and compositions for decreasing T-cell activity |
US6635743B1 (en) | 1996-03-22 | 2003-10-21 | Human Genome Sciences, Inc. | Apoptosis inducing molecule II and methods of use |
US6479254B2 (en) | 1996-03-22 | 2002-11-12 | Human Genome Sciences, Inc. | Apoptosis inducing molecule II |
US7118742B2 (en) | 1997-07-07 | 2006-10-10 | La Jolla Institute For Allergy And Immunology | Ligand for herpes simplex virus entry mediator and methods of use |
US6998108B1 (en) | 1997-07-07 | 2006-02-14 | La Jolla Institute For Allergy And Immunology | Antibodies to p30 polypeptides and methods making and using same |
CA2340686A1 (en) * | 1998-09-03 | 2000-03-16 | Samantha J. Busfield | Novel molecules of the herpes virus-entry-mediator-related protein family and uses thereof |
TR200504220T2 (en) | 1998-12-17 | 2007-04-24 | Biogen Idec Ma Inc. | Active lymphotoxin-beta receptor immunoglobulin chime A method for high level expression and purification of purified protein proteins and a method for purification of active lymphotoxin-beta receptor immunoglobulin chimeric proteins. |
DE29916160U1 (en) | 1999-09-14 | 2000-03-09 | Cardiogene Gentherapeutische Systeme AG, 40699 Erkrath | Modulation of gene transcription in vascular cells |
CA2300328A1 (en) | 1999-09-14 | 2001-03-14 | Cardiogene Gentherap. Systeme Ag | Modulating transcription of genes in vascular cells |
WO2001079496A2 (en) * | 2000-03-13 | 2001-10-25 | La Jolla Institute For Allergy And Immunology | Ligand for herpes simplex virus entry mediator and methods of use |
DE60143231D1 (en) * | 2000-04-12 | 2010-11-18 | Jolla Inst Allergy Immunolog | Ligand of the cell entry-mediating protein of herpes simplex and methods for its uses |
CA2482938A1 (en) * | 2002-04-12 | 2003-10-23 | Human Genome Sciences, Inc. | Antibodies that specifically bind to tr2 |
FR2845693B1 (en) * | 2002-10-15 | 2005-04-01 | France Hybrides | PROCESS FOR PRODUCING ALPHA HERPES VIRUS INFECTION-RESISTANT MAMMAL AND MAMMAL OBTAINED BY CARRYING OUT SAID METHOD AND DESCENDING SUCH A MAMMAL |
FR2845692A1 (en) * | 2002-10-15 | 2004-04-16 | France Hybrides | Producing mammals resistant to infection by alpha-herpes virus, particularly pigs resistant to pseudorabies, by expressing transgene encoding fusion of receptor domain and immunoglobulin |
US8338376B2 (en) | 2006-10-20 | 2012-12-25 | Biogen Idec Ma Inc. | Compositions comprising variant LT-B-R-IG fusion proteins |
CN101600450A (en) | 2006-10-20 | 2009-12-09 | 比奥根艾迪克Ma公司 | Treatment of demyelinating diseases utilizing soluble lymphotoxin beta receptors |
Family Cites Families (4)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US5447851B1 (en) * | 1992-04-02 | 1999-07-06 | Univ Texas System Board Of | Dna encoding a chimeric polypeptide comprising the extracellular domain of tnf receptor fused to igg vectors and host cells |
CA2195665A1 (en) * | 1994-07-22 | 1996-02-08 | Robert Frederick Geoffrey Booth | Pharmaceutical compositions comprising a chimaeric tnf binding protein |
AU2363695A (en) * | 1995-04-27 | 1996-11-18 | Human Genome Sciences, Inc. | Human tumor necrosis factor receptors |
US6291207B1 (en) * | 1995-07-28 | 2001-09-18 | Northwestern University | Herpes virus entry receptor protein |
-
1997
- 1997-12-05 CA CA002272822A patent/CA2272822A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 1997-12-05 WO PCT/US1997/022278 patent/WO1998025967A1/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 1997-12-05 JP JP52682198A patent/JP2001526632A/en active Pending
- 1997-12-05 AU AU55168/98A patent/AU5516898A/en not_active Abandoned
- 1997-12-05 EP EP97951554A patent/EP0948543A1/en not_active Withdrawn
- 1997-12-11 ZA ZA9711156A patent/ZA9711156B/en unknown
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
WO1998025967A1 (en) | 1998-06-18 |
AU5516898A (en) | 1998-07-03 |
EP0948543A1 (en) | 1999-10-13 |
JP2001526632A (en) | 2001-12-18 |
ZA9711156B (en) | 1999-06-11 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US20030017161A1 (en) | Apo-2 receptor | |
US20060194286A1 (en) | Apo-2LI and Apo-3 polypeptides | |
US20070041969A1 (en) | Apo-2DcR | |
CA2272822A1 (en) | Hvem polypeptides and uses thereof | |
US6462176B1 (en) | Apo-3 polypeptide | |
EP1009817B1 (en) | Rtd receptor | |
US20100273257A1 (en) | Apo-2DcR | |
US20120042400A1 (en) | Rtd receptor | |
AU1566602A (en) | Hvem polypeptides and uses thereof | |
AU2006252290B2 (en) | RTD receptor | |
US20020165157A1 (en) | Apo-2LI and Apo-3 polypeptides | |
US20020123116A1 (en) | Nucleic acids encoding tumor necrosis factor (TNF) receptor homologs | |
AU2004203600A1 (en) | Apo-2LI and Apo-3 apoptosis polypeptides | |
AU2008201807A1 (en) | Apo-2dcr | |
AU1362802A (en) | Apo-2dcr |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
FZDE | Discontinued |